Service

Workshop Manual
Passat 2015 ➤
Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system
Edition 11.2018

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - Technical data
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
90 - Gauges, instruments
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior
97 - Wiring

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Contents

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring instruments during a road test . . . . 1
2 Repair instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.1 Contact corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.2 Routing and attachment of lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.1 Battery - general notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.2 Types of battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1 Assembly overview - battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Removing and installing battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Disconnecting and connecting battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.4 Removing and installing battery tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.5 Checking battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.6 Charging battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.7 Removing and installing earth wire with battery monitor control unit J367 . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.8 Adapting battery monitor control unit J367 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1 Assembly overview - alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2 Removing and installing alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3 Checking alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.4 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.5 Removing and installing voltage regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3 Starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.1 Assembly overview - starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2 Removing and installing starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5 Start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.1 General description - start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.2 Overview of fitting locations - start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.3 Removing and installing voltage stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6 Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6.2 Removing and installing automatic distance control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1 Dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1.2 Assembly overview - head-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.3 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.4 Removing and installing control unit for head-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.1 Removing and installing clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.1 Assembly overview - horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.2 Removing and installing treble horn H2 and bass horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Contents i
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

1 windscreen wiper system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.2 Moving wipers to service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.5 Adjusting wiper arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1.6 Removing and installing wiper motor V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1.7 Renewing wiper motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.8 Deactivating APP function of wiper motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1.9 Removing and installing rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2 Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.4 Removing and installing windscreen washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.5 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.6 Adjusting spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3 Rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.4 Adjusting wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.5 Removing and installing rear window wiper motor V12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.4 Removing and installing washer jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.5 Adjusting spray jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5 Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.4 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.5 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.6 Adjusting spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
6 Washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

1 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.1 Assembly overview - headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.2 Removing and installing headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.3 Adjusting headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1.7 Converting headlights from driving on right to driving on left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.8 Converting headlights from driving on left to driving on right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.9 Removing and installing headlight range control motor V48 / V49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
1.11 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb M30 / M32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.12 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

ii Contents
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.13 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 / L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
1.14 Removing and installing LED modules for daytime running light and side light L176 / L177
........................................................................ 148
1.15 Removing and installing bulbs for cornering light L148 / L149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
1.16 Removing and installing headlight fan V407 / V408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
1.17 Removing and installing output module for headlight J667 / J668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
1.18 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running light and side light J860 / J861
........................................................................ 154
1.19 Removing and installing output module 1 for LED headlight A27 / A31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
1.20 Removing and installing control motor sender for VARILIS headlight G695 / G696 . . . . . . 159
1.21 Removing and installing control motor for VARILIS headlight V446 / V447 . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.22 Removing and installing swivel module position sensor G474 / G475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.23 Removing and installing dynamic cornering light control motor V318 / V319 . . . . . . . . . . 160
2 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.2 Removing and installing fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3 Lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.2 Removing and installing turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.3 Removing and installing entry light in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4 Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
4.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
4.2 Assembly overview - tail lights in rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
4.3 Removing and installing tail light in rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
4.4 Adjusting installation position of tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.5 Removing and installing tail light cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.6 Removing and installing tail light bulb M2 / M4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4.7 Removing and installing rear fog light bulb L46 / L47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4.8 Removing and installing brake and tail light bulb M21 / M22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4.9 Removing and installing reversing light bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.10 Removing and installing turn signal bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5 High-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6 Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.1 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.2 Removing and installing bulb for number plate ligt X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
7 Entry and start authorisation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
7.1 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
7.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
7.3 Removing and installing interface for entry and start system J965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
7.4 Removing and installing door exterior handle contact sensor G415 / G416 . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.5 Removing and installing contact sensor for rear exterior door handle G417 / G418 . . . . . . 188
7.6 Removing and installing interior aerial 1 for entry and start system R138 . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.7 Removing and installing interior aerial 2 for entry and start system R139 . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
7.8 Removing and installing driver side aerial for entry and start system R134 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
7.9 Removing and installing front passenger side aerial for entry and start system R135 . . . . 190
7.10 Removing and installing rear bumper aerial for entry and start system R136 . . . . . . . . . . 190
7.11 Removing and installing luggage compartment aerial for entry and start system R137 . . 191
7.12 Removing and installing rear entry and start authorisation aerial R165 / R166 . . . . . . . . 191
7.13 Removing and installing rear lid power opening control unit J938 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7.14 Removing and installing rear lid power opening sender G750 / G760 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
8 Steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Contents iii
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8.2 Removing and installing steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

8.3 Removing and installing steering column electronics control unit J527 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
8.5 Removing and installing intermittent wiper switch E22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8.6 Removing and installing immobiliser reader coil D2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8.7 Removing and installing base for steering column combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
9 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
9.3 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
10 Park assist steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
10.1 Assembly overview - park assist steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
10.2 Removing and installing park assist steering control unit J791 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
10.3 Removing and installing front senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
10.4 Removing and installing rear senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
11 Automatic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
11.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
11.2 Removing and installing cornering light and headlight range control unit J745 . . . . . . . . 226
12 Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
12.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
12.2 Trailer socket U10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
12.3 Removing and installing trailer detector control unit J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

1 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
1.6 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
1.7 Removing and installing glove compartment light W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
1.8 Replacing bulb for glove compartment light W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
1.9 Removing and installing front footwell light K268 / K269 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
1.10 Removing and installing front footwell illumination bulb L151 / L152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
1.11 Removing and installing Central locking SAFELOCK function warning lamp K133 . . . . . . 243
1.12 Removing and installing light 2 for front door background lighting L203 / L204 . . . . . . . . 243
1.13 Removing and installing front entry light W31 / W32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
1.14 Removing and installing door warning lamp W30 / W36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
1.15 Removing and installing light 1 for rear door background lighting L201 / L202 . . . . . . . . . . 245
1.16 Removing and installing rear entry light W33 / W34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
1.17 Removing and installing rear door warning lamp W37 / W38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
1.18 Removing and installing light 1 for front door background lighting L199 / L200 . . . . . . . . 247
1.19 Removing and installing bulb for background lighting in rear door L166 / L167 . . . . . . . . 247
1.20 Removing and installing interior door handle illumination bulb L146 / L147 . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1.21 Removing and installing light for rear interior door handle illumination L221 / L222 . . . . . . 248
1.22 Removing and installing lights for dashboard ambient lighting L229 / L230 . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.23 Removing and installing selector lever position display Y26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.24 Removing and installing luggage compartment light W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
1.25 Removing and installing illuminated vanity mirror W20 / W14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
1.26 Removing and installing bulb for front interior light W1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
1.27 Removing and installing bulb for rear interior light W43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

iv Contents
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.28 Removing and installing bulb for front reading light W13 / W19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
1.29 Removing and installing bulb for rear reading light W11 / W12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
1.30 Renewing bulb of rear interior light W47 / W48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.7 Removing and installing rotary light switch EX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.8 Removing and installing headlight range control regulator E102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.9 Removing and installing rear roller blind switch E149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP button E256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.11 Removing and installing parking aid button E266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.12 Removing and installing steering wheel heater button E522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.13 Removing and installing sport program button E541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.14 Removing and installing park assist steering button E581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.15 Removing and installing button for electric drive E656 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.16 Removing and installing Start/Stop operation button E693 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.17 Removing and installing button for Charisma E735 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.18 Removing and installing centre switch module in dash panel EX22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.19 Removing and installing switch module in centre console EX23 / EX30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.20 Removing and installing hazard warning light switch EX3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.21 Removing and installing buttons for seat heating E653 / E654 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.22 Removing and installing glove compartment light switch E26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.23 Removing and installing exterior mirror adjuster EX11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.24 Removing and installing operating unit for window regulator in driver door E512 . . . . . . . . 272
2.25 Removing and installing front passenger side window regulator button E716 . . . . . . . . . . 272
2.26 Removing and installing driver side interior locking button for central locking system E308
........................................................................ 273
2.27 Removing and installing rear lid remote release button E233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.28 Removing and installing fuel tank flap release button E319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.29 Removing and installing button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle inclination
sensor E616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.30 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.31 Removing and installing rear window regulator button E711 / E713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.32 Removing and installing rear door contact switches F10 / F11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.33 Removing and installing electromechanical parking brake button E538 / auto-hold button
E540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.34 Removing and installing the starter button E378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.35 Removing and installing rear lid warning buzzer H32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.36 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2.37 Removing and installing rear lid closure button E574 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2.38 Removing and installing electric hinged tow coupling attachment button E474 . . . . . . . . 280
2.39 Removing and installing vanity mirror contact switch F147 / F148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2.40 Removing and installing sunroof button E325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2.41 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
2.42 Removing and installing rear interior light WX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.43 Removing and installing front right reading light button E634 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
3 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
3.2 Removing and installing alarm horn H12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
4 Lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4.1 Assembly overview - lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Contents v
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.2 Removing and installing lane change assist warning lamp in exterior mirror K311 / K312
........................................................................ 290
4.3 Removing and installing lane change assist control unit J769 / J770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
4.4 Calibrating lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
5 Front camera for assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.1 Removing and installing front camera for driver assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
6 Cigarette lighter, socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
6.1 Assembly overview - DC/AC converter with socket, 12 V-230 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
6.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
6.3 Removing and installing socket illumination bulb L42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
6.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette lighter illumination bulb L32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
6.5 Removing and installing electric socket U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
6.6 Removing and installing DC/AC converter with socket, 12 V-230 V U13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1 Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders, E-boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder in electronics box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
1.4 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier behind dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
1.5 Removing and installing main fuse holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2 Select Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
2.2 Assembly overview - control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
2.3 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and voltage stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2.5 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2.6 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
2.7 Removing and installing bracket for onboard supply control unit J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2.8 Renewing bracket for onboard supply control unit J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.9 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 / park assist steering control unit J791
...................................................................... 328
2.10 Removing and installing rear lid control unit J605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
2.11 Removing and installing special vehicle control unit J608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
2.12 Removing and installing bracket for special vehicle control unit J608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
4 Releasing and dismantling connector housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
5 Repairing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
6 Fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
7 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

vi Contents
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

00 – Technical data
1 Safety information
(VRL012412; Edition 11.2018)
⇒ “1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/
stop system”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring in‐
struments during a road test”, page 1

1.1 Safety measures when working on ve‐

hicles with a start/stop system
Observe the following when working on a vehicle with a start/stop
system:

WARNING

Injury hazard as a result of automatic engine start in vehicles

with start/stop system.
♦ If the start/stop system of a vehicle is activated, the engine
can start automatically, if required. A message will appear
in the dash panel insert.
♦ When working on the vehicle, make sure that the start/stop
system is deactivated (switch off the ignition; switch the
ignition on again if necessary).

1.2 Safety precautions when using testers

and measuring instruments during a
road test
Observe the following if test and measuring equipment is required
during a road test:

WARNING

Risk of accident due to distraction and inadequate securing of

test and measuring equipment.
Danger as a result of activation of front passenger airbag in
event of an accident.
• Operation of test and measuring equipment while driving
results in distraction.
• The risk of injuries increases significantly when test and
measuring equipment is not secured.
♦ Always strap test and measuring equipment in place on
rear seat, and have a 2nd person operate them.

1. Safety information 1
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Repair instructions
⇒ “2.1 Contact corrosion”, page 2
⇒ “2.2 Routing and attachment of lines”, page 2

2.1 Contact corrosion

Contact corrosion can occur if unsuitable fasteners (bolts, nuts,
washers, etc.) are used.
For this reason, only connecting elements with a special surface
coating have been fitted.
Furthermore, rubber and plastic components as well as adhe‐
sives are made of non-conductive materials.
If there is any doubt about the suitability of parts, a general rule
is to use new parts ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
Observe the following:
♦ Only use genuine replacement parts which are tested and
compatible with aluminium.
♦ Only use Volkswagen Genuine Accessories.
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by the
warranty.

2.2 Routing and attachment of lines

♦ Mark lines prior to removal to prevent them from being inter‐
changed and to ensure that they are fitted in their original
positions. This applies for fuel, hydraulic and vacuum lines as
well as lines for activated charcoal filter system and electrical
wiring. Make sketches or take photographs if necessary.
♦ To avoid damage to lines, ensure adequate clearance from all
moving or hot components in the engine compartment on ac‐
count of the confined space.

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Battery
⇒ “3.1 Battery - general notes”, page 3
⇒ “3.2 Types of battery”, page 3

3.1 Battery - general notes

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery .

3.2 Types of battery

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Battery types .

3. Battery 3
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS

1 Battery
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing battery”, page 7
⇒ “1.3 Disconnecting and connecting battery”, page 14
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing battery tray”, page 17
⇒ “1.5 Checking battery”, page 18
⇒ “1.6 Charging battery”, page 18
⇒ “1.7 Removing and installing earth wire with battery monitor
control unit J367 ”, page 18
⇒ “1.8 Adapting battery monitor control unit J367 ”, page 20

1.1 Assembly overview - battery

⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine compart‐
ment”, page 4
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 6

1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine compartment

4 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Retaining clip
2 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 15 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
4 - Positive cable
❑ With battery terminal
clamp
❑ Disconnecting and con‐
necting ⇒ page 14
5 - Cover
❑ For positive cable
6 - Heat shield sleeve
7 - Cover
❑ For positive battery ter‐
minal
8 - Cover
❑ For negative battery ter‐
minal
9 - Electrical connector
❑ For battery monitor con‐
trol unit - J367-
❑ Observe specified se‐
quence for work steps
when connecting earth
cable ⇒ page 14
10 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
11 - Earth cable
12 - Earth cable
❑ With battery terminal clamp and battery monitor control unit - J367-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 18
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 14
❑ Adapting battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ page 20
13 - Battery - A-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 7
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 14
❑ Renewing (on vehicles equipped with Start/Stop system) ⇒ page 9
14 - Battery tray
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 17
15 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

1. Battery 5
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage compartment

1 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
2 - Electrical connector
❑ For battery monitor con‐
trol unit - J367-
❑ Observe specified se‐
quence for work steps
when connecting earth
cable ⇒ page 15
3 - Cover
❑ For negative battery ter‐
minal
4 - Battery - A-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 10
❑ Disconnecting and con‐
necting ⇒ page 15
❑ Renewing (on vehicles
equipped with Start/
Stop system)
⇒ page 12
5 - Cover
❑ For positive battery ter‐
minal
❑ Not installed in all vehi‐
cles
6 - Main fuse box
❑ With battery terminal
clamp depending on
equipment level
❑ Assembly overview -
main fuse box, apart
from “GTE”
⇒ page 305
❑ Assembly overview - main fuse box, only “GTE” ⇒ page 306
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 15
7 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
8 - Positive cable
❑ Battery positive tap in engine compartment
9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 15 Nm
10 - Retaining clip
11 - Battery tray
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 18
12 - Nut
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
13 - Central gas venting system
❑ With grommet

6 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

14 - Earth cable
❑ With battery terminal clamp and battery monitor control unit - J367-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 19
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 15
❑ Adapting battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ page 20
15 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm

1.2 Removing and installing battery

⇒ “1.2.1 Removing and installing battery; battery in engine com‐
partment”, page 7
⇒ “1.2.2 Removing and installing battery, battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 10

1.2.1 Removing and installing battery; battery

in engine compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

WARNING

Always make sure to comply with the warning notices and

safety regulations when working on the battery ⇒ Electrical
system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery .

Removing
– Switch off ignition.

1. Battery 7
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Open cover of heat insulation sleeve.
– Open cover -4- on battery negative terminal.
– Loosen nut -6- several turns, and pull battery clamp -5- of earth
cable off negative battery terminal.
– Open cover -3- for positive battery terminal.
– Loosen nut -2- several turns and disconnect battery terminal
clamp -1- of positive cable from positive battery terminal.

8 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull heat insulation sleeve -4- upwards slightly.

– Unscrew bolt -2- on securing bracket -1-.
– Detach securing bracket -1-.
– Pull battery - A- -3- in direction of travel out of battery tray and
lift out of engine compartment.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

A loosely fitted battery creates the following dangers:

♦ Shortened service life caused by vibration damage (dan‐
ger of explosion).
♦ The plates in the battery cells will be damaged if the bat‐
tery is not secured correctly.
♦ Damage to battery casing by clamping bracket (possible
leakage of acid with high consequential costs).
♦ Poor crash safety.

Note

♦ Only install maintenance-free batteries in accordance to spec‐

ifications “TL82506” (as of December 1997) and
“VW75073” (as of August 2001).
♦ Batteries from the replacement parts range feature a base
strip adapter for matching to different retainer flanges.
♦ The ⇒ battery operating instructions give details of when and
how to use the base strip adapter.

Vehicles with start/stop system

Note

♦ Due to higher demands on the deep-cycle resistance, a spe‐

cial battery is used in vehicles equipped with a start/stop
system.
♦ When renewing the battery, note the correct part designation.
♦ Batteries intended for use in vehicles with a start/stop system
are marked “AGM” (Absorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (En‐
hanced Flooded Battery).

Continued for all vehicles

1. Battery 9
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert battery - A- into battery tray -1- so that battery base strip
lies against stop at back and sides -arrows-.
• It should no longer be possible to move battery - A- towards
rear or sides.

– Fit securing bracket -1-.

• Make sure that lug -arrow- on securing bracket -1- engages
into recess in battery base strip.
– Tighten bolt -2- for securing bracket -1-.
– Ensure that battery - A- is seated securely.
With ignition and electrical equipment switched off, connect bat‐
tery - A- in the following sequence:
– Fit battery clamp -3- of positive cable to positive battery ter‐
minal “+”.
– Tighten nut -4-.
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .

Note

If the battery is renewed, the battery monitor control unit - J367-

must be adapted ⇒ page 20 .

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine com‐
partment”, page 4

1.2.2 Removing and installing battery, battery

in luggage compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

10 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

WARNING

Always make sure to comply with the warning notices and

safety regulations when working on the battery ⇒ Electrical
system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery .

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Only for saloon
– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
Only for Estate
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims;
Assembly overview - luggage compartment side trim .
Continued for all vehicles
– Open cover -5- for battery negative terminal.
– Loosen nut -2- several turns, and pull battery clamp -1- of earth
cable off negative battery terminal.
– If fitted, open cover on battery positive terminal.
– Loosen nut -4- several turns, and pull battery terminal clamp
-3- off positive battery terminal.

1. Battery 11
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull central gas venting system -3- off battery - A- -4-.

– Unscrew bolt -1- on securing bracket -2-.
– Detach securing bracket -2-.
– Pull battery - A- -4- in direction of travel out of battery tray, and
lift it out of luggage compartment.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

A loosely fitted battery creates the following dangers:

♦ Shortened service life caused by vibration damage (dan‐
ger of explosion).
♦ The plates in the battery cells will be damaged if the bat‐
tery is not secured correctly.
♦ Damage to battery casing by clamping bracket (possible
leakage of acid with high consequential costs).
♦ Poor crash safety.

Note

♦ Only install maintenance-free batteries in accordance to spec‐

ifications “TL82506” (as of December 1997) and
“VW75073” (as of August 2001).
♦ Batteries from the replacement parts range feature a base
strip adapter for matching to different retainer flanges.
♦ The ⇒ battery operating instructions give details of when and
how to use the base strip adapter.

Vehicles with start/stop system

Note

♦ Due to higher demands on the deep-cycle resistance, a spe‐

cial battery is used in vehicles equipped with a start/stop
system.
♦ When renewing the battery, note the correct part designation.
♦ Batteries intended for use in vehicles with a start/stop system
are marked “AGM” (Absorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (En‐
hanced Flooded Battery).

Continued for all vehicles

12 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert battery - A- into battery tray -1- so that battery base strip
lies against stop at back and sides -arrows-.
• It should no longer be possible to move battery - A- towards
rear or sides.

– Fit securing bracket -4-.

• Make sure that lug -arrow- on securing bracket -4- engages
into recess in battery base strip.
– Tighten bolt -3- for securing bracket -4-.
– Ensure that battery - A- is seated securely.
– Fit central gas venting system -5- onto battery - A- .
With ignition and electrical equipment switched off, connect bat‐
tery - A- in the following sequence:
– Fit battery clamp -1- of positive cable to positive battery ter‐
minal “+”.
– Tighten nut -2-.
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 15 .

Note

If the battery is renewed, the battery monitor control unit - J367-

must be adapted ⇒ page 20 .

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 6

1. Battery 13
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.3 Disconnecting and connecting battery

⇒ “1.3.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery; battery in engine
compartment”, page 14
⇒ “1.3.2 Disconnecting and connecting battery, battery in luggage
compartment”, page 15

1.3.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery;

battery in engine compartment

Caution

Observe the following instructions and precautions on safety

when working on pyrotechnic components:
♦ Contrary to the following description, the battery must be
disconnected with the ignition SWITCHED ON when
working on pyrotechnic components (e.g. airbags, belt
tensioners) ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 00 ;
Safety precautions; Safety precautions when working on
pyrotechnic components .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Disconnecting
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Open cover of heat insulation sleeve.
– Open cover -1- on battery negative terminal.
– Loosen nut -3- several turns and disconnect battery terminal
clamp -2- of earth cable from battery terminal.
Connecting
Observe the following when connecting the battery - A- :

14 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Separate electrical connector -2- on battery monitor control

unit - J367- -3-.
– Fit battery terminal clamp of earth cable to negative battery
terminal “–” by hand.
– Tighten nut -1-.
– Reattach electrical connector -2- to battery monitor control unit
- J367- -3-.
– Switch on ignition.
– Check time and adjust, if necessary.
– Completely open windows, and then completely close them.
– Then, with windows closed, pull window regulator switches
until relay can be heard to switch.
– Check convenience mode of the window regulators.
With convenience closing activated, windows must close fully
without the need for holding the window regulator switch.

Note

After the voltage supply has been switched back on, the vehicle
must travel several meters before the ESP warning lamp goes
out.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine com‐
partment”, page 4

1.3.2 Disconnecting and connecting battery,

battery in luggage compartment

Caution

Observe the following instructions and precautions on safety

when working on pyrotechnic components:
♦ Contrary to the following description, the battery must be
disconnected with the ignition SWITCHED ON when
working on pyrotechnic components (e.g. airbags, belt
tensioners) ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 00 ;
Safety precautions; Safety precautions when working on
pyrotechnic components .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

1. Battery 15
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Disconnecting
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
– Open cover -1- on battery negative terminal.
– Loosen nut -3- several turns and disconnect battery terminal
clamp -2- of earth cable from battery terminal.
Connecting
Observe the following when connecting the battery - A- :

– Separate electrical connector -2- on battery monitor control

unit - J367- -3-.
– Fit battery terminal clamp of earth cable to negative battery
terminal “–” by hand.
– Tighten nut -1-.
– Reattach electrical connector -2- to battery monitor control unit
- J367- -3-.
– Switch on ignition.
– Check time and adjust, if necessary.
– Completely open windows, and then completely close them.
– Then, with windows closed, pull window regulator switches
until relay can be heard to switch.
– Check convenience mode of the window regulators.
With convenience closing activated, windows must close fully
without the need for holding the window regulator switch.

Note

After the voltage supply has been switched back on, the vehicle
must travel several meters before the ESP warning lamp goes
out.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 6

16 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.4 Removing and installing battery tray

⇒ “1.4.1 Removing and installing battery tray, battery in engine
compartment”, page 17
⇒ “1.4.2 Removing and installing battery tray, battery in luggage
compartment”, page 18

1.4.1 Removing and installing battery tray,

battery in engine compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– Remove battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .
– If necessary, remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter;
Removing and installing air filter housing or ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ;
Air filter; Removing and installing air filter housing .
– Lay wiring harness on battery tray -arrows- to one side.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Remove battery tray -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine com‐
partment”, page 4

1. Battery 17
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.4.2 Removing and installing battery tray,

battery in luggage compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– Remove battery - A- ⇒ page 10 .
– Lay positive cable on battery tray -arrows- to one side.
– Unscrew nuts -2-.
– Remove battery tray -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 6

1.5 Checking battery

Check battery ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr.
27 ; Checking battery .
The battery - A- is monitored in the self-diagnosis function of the
data bus diagnostic interface - J533- in “Guided Fault Finding”
mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

1.6 Charging battery

Charging battery ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep.
gr. 27 ; Charging battery .

1.7 Removing and installing earth wire with

battery monitor control unit - J367-
⇒ “1.7.1 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor
control unit J367 , battery in engine compartment”, page 18
⇒ “1.7.2 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor
control unit J367 , battery in luggage compartment”, page 19

1.7.1 Removing and installing earth cable with

battery monitor control unit - J367- , bat‐
tery in engine compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required

18 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– Remove battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .
– Separate electrical connector -2- on battery monitor control
unit - J367- -3-.

– Unscrew nut -1- from earth cable -2-.

– Unscrew nut -3- and disconnect earth cable together with bat‐
tery monitor control unit - J367- -4-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Adapt battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ page 20 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine com‐
partment”, page 4

1.7.2 Removing and installing earth cable with

battery monitor control unit - J367- , bat‐
tery in luggage compartment
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Battery 19
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– Remove battery - A- ⇒ page 10 .
– Separate electrical connector -2- on battery monitor control
unit - J367- -3-.

– Unscrew nut -1- from earth cable -2-.

– Remove earth cable -2- with battery monitor control unit -
J367- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Adapt battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ page 20 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐
partment”, page 6

1.8 Adapting battery monitor control unit -

J367-
After the installation of a new starter battery or a new battery
monitor control unit - J367- , the battery monitor control unit -
J367- must be adapted.
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 336 .
– Adapt battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

20 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Alternator
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 21
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing alternator”, page 22
⇒ “2.3 Checking alternator”, page 28
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley”, page 29
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing voltage regulator”, page 36

2.1 Assembly overview - alternator

⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 21
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - alternator without sliding bushes”,
page 22

2.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator with sliding bushes

1 - Alternator - C-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 22
❑ Checking ⇒ page 28
❑ Removing and installing
poly V-belt pulley
⇒ page 29
❑ Removing and installing
voltage regulator - C1-
⇒ page 36
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 23 Nm
3 - Sliding bush
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Ensure that bushes
slide freely and are not
too tight (loosen, if nec‐
essary), as clamping
force of a stiff bush will
be insufficient even
when the correct torque
is applied.
4 - Electrical connector
5 - Cover
6 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
7 - Terminal 30/B+
8 - Nut
❑ Not fitted in all vehicles
❑ Specified torque:
3.2 Nm
9 - Clamp
❑ Not fitted in all vehicles

2. Alternator 21
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

10 - Threaded pin
❑ Not fitted in all vehicles
❑ Specified torque: 3.2 Nm

2.1.2 Assembly overview - alternator without sliding bushes

1 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 23 Nm
2 - Alternator - C-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 22
❑ Checking ⇒ page 28
❑ Removing and installing
poly V-belt pulley
⇒ page 29
❑ Removing and installing
voltage regulator - C1-
⇒ page 36
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Terminal 30/B+
5 - Cover
6 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm

2.2 Removing and installing alternator

⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.4 l TSI
engine”, page 22
⇒ “2.2.2 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.8 l TSI
engine and 2.0 l TSI engine”, page 24
⇒ “2.2.3 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with TDI en‐
gine”, page 26

2.2.1 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐

hicles with 1.4 l TSI engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required

22 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder block, pulley end;
Removing and installing poly V-belt .
– Remove tensioner for poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder
block (pulley end); Removing and installing tensioner for poly
V-belt .
Vehicles with air conditioning system

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines

and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do NOT stretch, kink or bend refrigerant lines and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket ⇒ Heating,

air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner com‐
pressor; Removing air conditioner compressor from and in‐
stalling on bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

Note

♦ If alternator - C- -1- is stuck in its bracket, screw bolts in again

except for the last 2 turns.
♦ Carefully hit bolt heads with flat side of hammer to release
sliding bushes of alternator mounting.

2. Alternator 23
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove alternator - C- -1- from bracket with electrical wires

still connected.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.
– Lever off cap -2-.
– Unscrew nut, and remove terminal 30/B+ -4-.
– Remove alternator - C- -1- downwards to the right.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– To facilitate positioning of alternator - C- , slide bushes of al‐
ternator mounting slightly towards rear.

Note

Make sure that bushes slide freely and are not too tight (loosen,
if necessary) because otherwise the clamping force of a stiff bush
will be insufficient even when the correct torque is applied.

– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .

– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 21

2.2.2 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐

hicles with 1.8 l TSI engine and 2.0 l TSI
engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

24 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Engine bung set - VAS 6122-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
– Remove radiator cowl ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; Radiator/radiator fan;
Removing and installing radiator cowl .
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder block, pulley end;
Removing and installing poly V-belt .
– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2-.

– Release hose clips -1- and -2- and remove air intake hose.
– Seal open lines and connections using clean plugs from en‐
gine bung set - VAS 6122- .

2. Alternator 25
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lay coolant hose -3- to one side.

– Release hose clip -2-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Remove right air intake pipe.
Vehicles with air conditioning system

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines

and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do NOT stretch, kink or bend refrigerant lines and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket ⇒ Heating,

air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner com‐
pressor; Removing air conditioner compressor from and in‐
stalling on bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.
Continued for all vehicles

– Move electrical wiring harness clear -arrow-.

– Unscrew bolts -5- and -6- and move alternator - C- -4- towards
front.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.
– Lever off cap -2-.
– Unscrew nut, and remove terminal 30/B+ -1-.
– Remove alternator - C- -4- downwards (towards centre of ve‐
hicle).
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .
– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - alternator without sliding bush‐
es”, page 22

2.2.3 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐

hicles with TDI engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required

26 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1783-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder block, pulley end;
Removing and installing poly V-belt .
– Remove tensioner for poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder
block (pulley end); Removing and installing tensioner for poly
V-belt .
Vehicles without bi-turbo engine
– Remove radiator cowl ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; Radiator/radiator fan;
Removing and installing radiator cowl .
Vehicles with bi-turbo engine
– Remove radiator ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; Radiator/radiator fan; Re‐
moving and installing radiator .
– Remove mixing valve - NZ996- ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; Coolant pump,
thermostat .
– Remove charge air cooling pump - V188- ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ;
Coolant pump, thermostat; Removing and installing electric
coolant pump .
Vehicles with air conditioning system

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines

and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do NOT stretch, kink or bend refrigerant lines and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket ⇒ Heating,

air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner com‐

2. Alternator 27
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

pressor; Removing air conditioner compressor from and in‐

stalling on bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

Note

♦ If alternator - C- -1- is stuck in its bracket, screw bolts in again

except for the last 2 turns.
♦ Carefully hit bolt heads with flat side of hammer to release
sliding bushes of alternator mounting.

– Remove alternator - C- -1- from bracket with electrical wires

still connected.
– Disconnect electrical connector -5-.
– Lever off cap -4-.
– Unscrew nut, and remove terminal 30/B+ -3-.
– Unscrew nut -6- and pull off clamp -2-.
– Remove alternator - C- -1- downwards to the right.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– To facilitate positioning of alternator - C- , slide bushes of al‐
ternator mounting slightly towards rear.

Note

Make sure that bushes slide freely and are not too tight (loosen,
if necessary) because otherwise the clamping force of a stiff bush
will be insufficient even when the correct torque is applied.

– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .

– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 21

2.3 Checking alternator

– Check alternator - C- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

28 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.4 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley
⇒ “2.4.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley without free‐
wheel”, page 29
⇒ “2.4.2 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley with free‐
wheel, manufacturer: Bosch”, page 30
⇒ “2.4.3 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley with free‐
wheel, manufacturer: Valeo”, page 32
⇒ “2.4.4 Removing and installing decoupler pulley with free‐
wheel”, page 34

2.4.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley without freewheel
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket insert - 3310-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Remove alternator - C- ⇒ page 22 .
– Clamp alternator - C- in vice at mounting points.

2. Alternator 29
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew securing nut of poly V-belt pulley from alternator

shaft using socket - 3310- .
– Remove poly V-belt pulley from alternator shaft.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Securing nut for poly V-belt pulley 65 Nm

2.4.2 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley with freewheel, manufacturer: Bosch
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Remove alternator - C- ⇒ page 22 .
– Clamp alternator - C- in vice at mounting points.
– Lever off poly V-belt pulley cap.

30 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert adapter - 3400- into poly V-belt pulley using 17 mm ring

spanner.
– Insert M10 multipoint bit -1- into alternator shaft.
– Counterhold alternator shaft whilst releasing poly V-belt pulley
by turning it anti-clockwise with ring spanner.
– Hold poly V-belt pulley stationary by hand.
– Turn alternator shaft until poly V-belt pulley can be removed.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Screw poly V-belt pulley by hand onto alternator shaft as far
as stop.
To install poly V-belt pulley, the torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
needs to be set up as follows:

– Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.

– Turn grip -2- 180° and reinsert socket -1-.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- to anti-
clockwise at socket drive.

– Insert M10 multipoint bit -1- into alternator shaft.

– Counterhold adapter - 3400- using 17 mm ring spanner.
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley by turning alternator shaft anti-
clockwise using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Securing nut for poly V-belt pulley 80 Nm

2. Alternator 31
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.4.3 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley with freewheel, manufacturer:
Valeo

Special tools and workshop

equipment required

♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ TORX driver bit - V.A.G 1603/1-
Removing:
– Remove alternator - C- ⇒ page 22 .
– Clamp alternator - C- in vice at mounting points.
– Lever off poly V-belt pulley cap.

32 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert adapter - 3400- into poly V-belt pulley using 17 mm ring

spanner.
– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- into alternator shaft.
– Counterhold alternator shaft whilst releasing poly V-belt pulley
by turning it anti-clockwise with ring spanner.
– Hold poly V-belt pulley stationary by hand.
– Turn alternator shaft until poly V-belt pulley can be removed.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Screw poly V-belt pulley by hand onto alternator shaft as far
as stop.
To install poly V-belt pulley, the torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
needs to be set up as follows:

– Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.

– Turn grip -2- 180° and reinsert socket -1-.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- to anti-
clockwise at socket drive.

– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- into alternator shaft.

– Counterhold adapter - 3400- using 17 mm ring spanner.
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley by turning alternator shaft anti-
clockwise using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Securing nut for poly V-belt pulley 80 Nm

2. Alternator 33
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.4.4 Removing and installing decoupler pul‐

ley with freewheel
General description
There are different types of decoupled pulleys with freewheel.
Before removing the decoupler pulley with freewheel, it must be
determined which special tool must be used.

Caution

The length of the poly V-belt depends on the version of de‐

coupler pulley with freewheel installed.
Check which version of decoupler pulley with freewheel is in‐
stalled in order to ensure installation of the correct poly V-belt.
Refer to ETKA for proper allocation of the poly V-belt.

Distinguishing between different versions of decoupler pulleys

with freewheel:
-A- decoupler pulley with freewheel, small; use special tool
T10474
-B- decoupler pulley with freewheel, large; use special tool 3400

Note

Poly V-belts used for large decoupler pulleys with freewheel must
be longer (due to larger diameter of the pulley), and vary depend‐
ing on the installation of an air conditioning system in the vehicle.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multipoint adapter - T10474-

34 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Socket drive with 8 mm hexagon socket or TORX T50

Removing:
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 22 .
– Clamp alternator in a vice at securing points.
– Remove protective cap, if fitted, from decoupler pulley with
freewheel.
– Insert multipoint adapter - T10474- or multipoint adapter -
3400- -1- into pulley, and fit a ring spanner.
– Insert suitable tool -2- into alternator shaft.
– Turn alternator shaft clockwise to loosen it, counterholding
with ring spanner while doing so.
– Hold decoupled pulley with freewheel stationary with your
hand, and turn alternator shaft until decoupled pulley with
freewheel can be removed.
Installing:
Install in the reverse order of removal. When doing this, note the
following:
Modify the torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- as follows to assemble
decoupled pulley with freewheel:

2. Alternator 35
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.

– Turn torque wrench grip -2- 180° and reinsert socket drive.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise at
socket drive.
– First screw poly V-belt pulley with freewheel onto alternator
shaft by hand as far as possible.
– Insert multipoint adapter - T10474- -1- into decoupler pulley
with freewheel, and fit a ring spanner.

– Insert suitable tool -2- into alternator shaft.

– Turn alternator shaft anti-clockwise using torque wrench -
V.A.G 1332- -3- in order to tighten decoupled pulley with
freewheel.
– Tighten threaded connection to 80 Nm.

2.5 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor
⇒ “2.5.1 Removing and installing voltage regulator, manufacturer:
Bosch”, page 36
⇒ “2.5.2 Removing and installing voltage regulator, manufacturer:
Valeo”, page 37

2.5.1 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor, manufacturer: Bosch
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

36 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove alternator - C- ⇒ page 22 .
– Carefully lever protective cap -1- off alternator - C- .

– Remove bolts -arrows- of voltage regulator - C1- .

– Remove voltage regulator - C1- from alternator - C- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Bolts for voltage regulator - C1- 2 Nm

2.5.2 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor, manufacturer: Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1783-

Removing
– Remove alternator - C- ⇒ page 22 .

2. Alternator 37
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Carefully lever protective cap -1- off alternator - C- .

– Unscrew bolts -2- for voltage regulator - C1- -3-.

– Remove voltage regulator - C1- -3- from alternator - C- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Install voltage regulator - C1- .

– Press down deflector cap for carbon brushes -A- -arrow- until
is it flush with the voltage regulator housing.

– Fit new protective cap -1- to voltage regulator - C- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Bolts for voltage regulator - C1- 4 Nm

38 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Starter motor
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - starter”, page 39
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing starter motor”, page 41

3.1 Assembly overview - starter

⇒ “3.1.1 Exploded view - starter (vehicles with manual gearbox)”,
page 39
⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 7-speed dual
clutch gearbox, 0CW”, page 40
⇒ “3.1.3 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 6-speed dual
clutch gearbox 0D9, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox
0DL”, page 41

3.1.1 Exploded view - starter (vehicles with manual gearbox)

1 - Starter motor - B-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 41
2 - Centre hex stud
❑ Specified torque: 80 Nm
3 - Earth cable
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
4 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
5 - Electrical connector
6 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
7 - Cover
8 - Terminal 30/B+
9 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
10 - Earth cable
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
11 - Bracket
❑ For wiring harness

3. Starter motor 39
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3.1.2 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox,
0CW

1 - Starter motor - B-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 44
2 - Centre hex stud
❑ Specified torque: 80 Nm
3 - Earth cable
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
4 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
5 - Electrical connector
6 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
7 - Cover
8 - Terminal 30/B+
9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 80 Nm

40 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3.1.3 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 6-speed dual clutch gearbox
0D9, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox 0DL

1 - Starter motor - B-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 45
2 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 40 Nm
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
5 - Cover
6 - Terminal 30/B+
7 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
8 - Earth cable
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 40 Nm

3.2 Removing and installing starter motor

⇒ “3.2.1 Removing and installing starter, vehicle with manual
gearbox”, page 41
⇒ “3.2.2 Removing and installing starter, vehicles with 7-speed
dual clutch gearbox, 0CW”, page 44
⇒ “3.2.3 Removing and installing starter, vehicles with 6-speed
dual clutch gearbox 0D9, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch gear‐
box 0DL”, page 45

3.2.1 Removing and installing starter, vehicle

with manual gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Starter motor 41
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Drift - 10 - 14-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
Vehicles with air filter housing installed above starter - B-
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing or ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter;
Removing and installing air filter housing .

42 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Continued for all vehicles

– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Press off cap -2-.
– Unscrew nut -3-, and remove terminal 30/B+.

– If fitted, unscrew nut -1- from upper bolt of starter - B- .

– If fitted, remove earth cable -2-.

– If fitted, unscrew nut -1- from lower bolt of starter - B- .

– If fitted, remove earth cable -2-.

3. Starter motor 43
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew nut -4- and remove retainer -1- for wiring harness.

Note

The electrical wiring remains connected.

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -5- from starter - B- -3-.

– Remove starter - B- -3- downwards.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1.1 Exploded view - starter (vehicles with manual gear‐
box)”, page 39

3.2.2 Removing and installing starter, vehi‐

cles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox,
0CW
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
Vehicles with air filter housing installed above starter - B-
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing or ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter;
Removing and installing air filter housing .

44 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Continued for all vehicles

– Unscrew nut -1- from upper bolt of starter - B- .
– Detach earth cable -2-.

– Disconnect electrical connector -4-.

– Press off cap -5-.
– Unscrew nut -6-, and remove terminal 30/B+.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2- from starter - B- -3-.
– Remove starter - B- -3- upwards.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 7-speed
dual clutch gearbox, 0CW”, page 40

3.2.3 Removing and installing starter, vehi‐

cles with 6-speed dual clutch gearbox
0D9, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch
gearbox 0DL
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

3. Starter motor 45
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth wire from battery -
A- ⇒ page 14 .
Vehicles with air filter housing installed above starter - B-
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing or ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter;
Removing and installing air filter housing .
Continued for all vehicles
– If necessary, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation .
– Unscrew nut -2- from lower bolt for starter - B- -1-.
– Detach earth cable -3-.
– Unscrew bolt -4- of starter - B- -1-.

46 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.

– Press off cap -4-.
– Unscrew nut -5-, and remove terminal 30/B+.
– Unscrew bolt -1- of starter - B- -2-.
– Remove starter - B- -2- upwards.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 14 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1.3 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 6-speed
dual clutch gearbox 0D9, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch
gearbox 0DL”, page 41

3. Starter motor 47
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4 Cruise control system (CCS)

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Cruise control system (CCS) .

48 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5 Start/stop system
⇒ “5.1 General description - start/stop system”, page 49
⇒ “5.2 Overview of fitting locations - start/stop system”,
page 49
⇒ “5.3 Removing and installing voltage stabiliser”, page 50

5.1 General description - start/stop system

The start/stop system is used for reducing fuel consumption by
automatically switching off the engine when the vehicle is sta‐
tionary and automatically starting it when the driver wants the
vehicle to move on. The start/stop mode is activated automati‐
cally. In order for this to happen, the vehicle must be driven for
approx. 4 seconds at a minimum speed of 3 km/h.

5.2 Overview of fitting locations - start/stop

system

Note

♦ Note safety precautions ⇒ page 1 .

♦ The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehi‐
cles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles are similar.

5. Start/stop system 49
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Start/stop operation switch

- E693-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 268
2 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
3 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Fitting location overview
⇒ page 316

5.3 Removing and installing voltage stabil‐

iser
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

Removing
– Move front seat to highest and rearmost position.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.

50 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Pull out spreader rivets -2-.
– Push cover -1- straight in direction of travel and remove it.

– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove voltage stabiliser - J532- -2- from bracket.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal observing the following:

Note

When installing the cover, ensure that it is properly fitted on the

front edge of the retainer.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and
voltage stabiliser”, page 321

5. Start/stop system 51
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6 Adaptive cruise control

⇒ “6.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control”, page
52
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing automatic distance control unit”,
page 53
⇒ “6.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control”, page 54

6.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control

1 - Dash panel insert - KX2-

❑ With control unit in dash
panel insert - J285- .
2 - Support for lock carrier
❑ ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ;
Lock carrier; Assembly
overview - lock carrier
3 - Retaining plate with adapter
frame
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 54
❑ Serves as mounting
bracket for Adaptive
cruise control unit -
J428-
❑ With adjustment screws
for adaptive cruise con‐
trol unit - J428-
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
5 - Adaptive cruise control unit
- J428-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 53
❑ Calibrating ⇒ page 54
6 - Electrical connector
7 - Adaptive cruise control but‐
ton - E357-
❑ Integrated in multifunc‐
tion steering wheel
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Multifunction steering wheel; Removing and installing multifunction
buttons in steering wheel -E441- / -E440- .

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

52 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6.2 Removing and installing automatic dis‐

tance control unit
⇒ “6.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for adaptive cruise
control, with retaining plate and adapter frame”, page 53
⇒ “6.2.2 Removing control unit for adaptive cruise control from
and installing to adapter frame”, page 54

6.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for

adaptive cruise control, with retaining
plate and adapter frame

Note

When renewing the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- , select

Renew function for the respective control unit in Guided Fault
Finding or Guided Functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic test‐
er.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove radiator grille ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Radiator grille/front trim; Removing and installing ra‐
diator grille .
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Remove adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -1- together with
retaining plate and adapter frame.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ page 54 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control”,
page 52

6. Adaptive cruise control 53

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6.2.2 Removing control unit for adaptive

cruise control from and installing to
adapter frame

Note

When renewing the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- , select

Renew function for the respective control unit in Guided Fault
Finding or Guided Functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic test‐
er.

Removing
– Remove adaptive cruise control unit - J428- ⇒ page 53 .
– Release locking elements -1- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Swing out automatic distance control unit - J428- -3- in direc‐
tion of arrow -B-.
– Remove automatic distance control unit - J428- -3- from adapt‐
er frame -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ page 54 .

6.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control

Conditions
– The adaptive cruise control unit - J428- must be calibrated if
any of the following conditions apply:
♦ Adaptive cruise control unit - J428- has been removed and
then reinstalled or it has been renewed.
♦ Lock carrier has been removed and then either reinstalled or
renewed.
♦ Lock carrier has been moved to service position.
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.

Note

♦ Excessive horizontal adjustment of the adaptive cruise control

unit - J428- results in permanent deactivation of the functions
ACC/front scan system. In this case, the following message
appears in the dash panel insert - KX2- : ACC/front scan
system not available .

♦ Limited sensor functionality due to soiling or weather condi‐

tions, e.g. heavy rain, snowfall, sensor icing etc., results in
temporary loss of the ACC/front scan system functions. In this
case, the following message appears in the dash panel insert
- KX2- : ACC/front scan system: no sensor data .

– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ Running gear, axles,

steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Adaptive cruise control; Calibrating
adaptive cruise control .

54 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

90 – Gauges, instruments
1 Dash panel insert
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert”, page 55
⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - head-up display”, page 58
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 ”,
page 59
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing control unit for head-up display”,
page 62

1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert

⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, dash panel insert
with analogue instruments”, page 55
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, fully digital dash
panel insert”, page 57

1.1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, dash panel insert with analogue
instruments

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1. Dash panel insert 55

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Electrical connector
❑ For dash panel insert
2 - Dash panel insert - KX2-
❑ With control unit in dash
panel insert - J285- .
❑ Dash panel insert must
be renewed if warning
lamp LED or illumination
for dash panel insert is
defective
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 59
3 - Trim panel for dash panel
insert
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Dash panel; Removing
and installing trim panel
for dash panel insert
4 - Upper steering column trim
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ;
Compartments and cov‐
ers; Assembly overview
- steering column trim .
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm

56 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.2 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, fully digital dash panel insert

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Electrical connector
❑ For dash panel insert
2 - Dash panel insert - KX2-
❑ With control unit in dash
panel insert - J285- .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 60
3 - MOST bus connector
❑ For dash panel insert
4 - Trim panel for dash panel
insert
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Dash panel; Removing
and installing trim panel
for dash panel insert
5 - Upper steering column trim
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ;
Compartments and cov‐
ers; Assembly overview
- steering column trim .
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm

1. Dash panel insert 57

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.2 Assembly overview - head-up display

Note

♦ When renewing the control unit, the data of the Guided Fault Finding must be read out before removal
♦ The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive ve‐
hicles are similar.
♦ For reasons of clarity, the dash panel is not shown in illustration.

1 - Assembly overview - head-

up display - J898-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 62
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm
3 - Central tube
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Central tube for dash
panel; Assembly over‐
view - central tube for
dash panel

58 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.3 Removing and installing dash panel in‐

sert - KX2-
⇒ “1.3.1 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 , dash
panel insert with analogue instruments”, page 59
⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 , fully
digital dash panel insert”, page 60

1.3.1 Removing and installing dash panel in‐

sert - KX2- , dash panel insert with ana‐
logue instruments

Note

♦ All indicator lamps in the dash panel insert - KX2- are equipped
with light-emitting diodes. Light-emitting diodes cannot be re‐
newed separately if defective. The dash panel insert must be
renewed.
♦ The dash panel insert - KX2- must not be dismantled.
♦ It is not necessary to remove the steering wheel prior to re‐
moval of the dash panel insert - KX2- .
♦ When renewing the dash panel insert - KX2- together with the
control unit in dash panel insert - J285- , select “Renew” func‐
tion for the respective control unit in “Guided Fault Finding” or
“Guided Functions” mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

General description:
Following components are integrated in the dash panel insert -
KX2- :
♦ Control unit in dash panel insert - J285-
♦ Fuel gauge - G1-
♦ Speedometer - G21-
♦ Coolant temperature gauge - G3-
♦ Rev. counter - G5-
♦ Warning lamps
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Removing
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Switch off ignition.

1. Dash panel insert 59

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Carefully unclip gap cover of upper steering column trim from
mountings on dash panel insert, but do not remove it com‐
pletely ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Com‐
partments/covers; Removing and installing upper steering
column trim .
– Unscrew bolts -3-.

Note

The dash panel insert - KX2- is engaged in the dash panel. There‐
fore, a greater force is necessary to remove it.

– Pull out dash panel insert - KX2- -2- with dash panel insert trim
-1- until it makes contact with steering wheel.
– Disconnect electrical connector.

– Press locking detent -1- to disconnect connector.

– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.
– Remove dash panel insert - KX2- from between steering wheel
and dash panel.
– If the dash panel insert - KX2- is renewed, remove dash panel
insert trim from dash panel insert - KX2- ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing and
installing dash panel insert trim .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, dash panel
insert with analogue instruments”, page 55

1.3.2 Removing and installing dash panel in‐

sert - KX2- , fully digital dash panel insert
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly tool - T10389-

60 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

♦ Protective cap for wiring harness connector - VAS 6223/9-

Note

♦ The dash panel insert - KX2- must not be dismantled.

♦ It is not necessary to remove the steering wheel prior to re‐
moval of the dash panel insert - KX2- .
♦ When renewing the dash panel insert - KX2- together with the
control unit in dash panel insert - J285- , select “Renew” func‐
tion for the respective control unit in “Guided Fault Finding” or
“Guided Functions” mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Mark dimension -a- on assembly tool - T10389- using e.g. tex‐
tile reinforced tape.
♦ Dimension -a- = 46.5 mm
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Carefully unclip gap cover of upper steering column trim from
mountings on dash panel insert, but do not remove it com‐
pletely ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Com‐
partments/covers; Removing and installing upper steering
column trim .
– Remove dash panel insert trim ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash
panel insert trim .

1. Dash panel insert 61

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

Carefully push assembly tool - T10389- between dash panel in‐
sert - KX2- -1- and dash panel until the mark previously made on
the assembly tool is flush with the dash panel insert.
– Turn assembly tool - T10389- by 90° so that »hook« on as‐
sembly tool engages in recess in dash panel insert - KX2-
-1-.

Note

The dash panel insert - KX2- is engaged in the dash panel. There‐
fore, a greater force is necessary to remove it.

– Release dash panel insert - KX2- -1- from fasteners in dash

panel using assembly tool - T10389- .
– Repeat the same procedure on the other side of dash panel
insert - KX2- .
– Pull out dash panel insert - KX2- so that connectors become
accessible.
– Disconnect electrical connector.

– Press locking detent -1- to disconnect connector.

– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.
– Release and disconnect MOST bus connector.

– Attach protective cap for cable-set connector - VAS 6223/9-

-1- by plugging it on the connector of MOST bus -2-.
– Remove dash panel insert - KX2- from between steering wheel
and dash panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - dash panel insert, fully digital
dash panel insert”, page 57

1.4 Removing and installing control unit for

head-up display
Special tools and workshop equipment required

62 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing

Note

For purposes of clarity, the steering wheel is not shown.

– Remove dash panel insert - KX2- ⇒ page 59 .

– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows A-.
– Swing control unit for head-up display in direction of arrow
-B- out of dash panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - head-up display”, page 58

1. Dash panel insert 63

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Clock
⇒ “2.1 Removing and installing clock”, page 64

2.1 Removing and installing clock

Removing
– Remove dash panel vent on front passenger side ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing and
installing dash panel vents .
– Release connector -3- and disconnect.
– Release fasteners -2- on analogue clock - Y- -1-.
– Pull analogue clock - Y- -1- towards rear and out of dash panel
vent on front passenger side.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

64 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Horn
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 65
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing treble horn H2 and bass horn H7
”, page 65

3.1 Assembly overview - horn

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Bracket
❑ For horn
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 65
2 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 18 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
4 - Horn
❑ Treble horn - H2- instal‐
led on left.
❑ Bass horn - H7- installed
on right.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 65
5 - Electrical connector

3.2 Removing and installing treble horn -

H2- and bass horn - H7-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Horn 65
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing horn
– Unscrew nut -1-.
– Detach horn -3- from bracket.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing horn
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 65
Removing bracket together with horn

66 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Remove bracket together with horn -3-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing bracket together with horn
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 65

3. Horn 67
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system

1 windscreen wiper system.
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
page 68
⇒ “1.2 Moving wipers to service position”, page 71
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 71
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms”, page 72
⇒ “1.5 Adjusting wiper arms”, page 74
⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing wiper motor V ”, page 75
⇒ “1.7 Renewing wiper motor”, page 76
⇒ “1.8 Deactivating APP function of wiper motor”, page 78
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing rain and light sensor”, page 79

1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper

system
⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
page 68
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - wiper motor and wiper frame”, page
70

1.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

68 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Wiper blade on front pas‐

senger side
❑ Different lengths. Refer
to ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 71
2 - Wiper blade on driver side
❑ Different lengths. Refer
to ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 71
3 - Wiper arm on driver side
❑ Different lengths. Refer
to ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 72
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 74
4 - Cover
5 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque and
tightening sequence
⇒ page 70
7 - Wiper frame
❑ With windscreen wiper
motor - V-
❑ With wiper motor control
unit - J400- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 75
8 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque and tightening sequence ⇒ page 70
9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque and tightening sequence ⇒ page 70
10 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 20 Nm
11 - Cover
12 - Wiper arm on front passenger side
❑ Different lengths. Refer to ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 72
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 74

1. windscreen wiper system. 69

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Wiper frame - specified torque and tightening sequence

– Tighten bolts for wiper frame -4- in stages in the sequence
shown:
Stage Bolts Specified torque
1. -1 … 3- Screw in by hand as far as stop
2. -1 … 3- 8 Nm

1.1.2 Assembly overview - wiper motor and wiper frame

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Wiper motor
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 76
2 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
- -1 Nm
3 - Wiper frame
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 75
4 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 25 Nm
- 1 Nm

70 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.2 Moving wipers to service position

Caution

Risk of damaging the bonnet when moving wipers back into

the park position.
♦ Do not manoeuvre the vehicle with wiper arms folded out.
♦ The wipers automatically move back to the park position
when the wiper switch is operated or when road speed
exceeds 6 km/h.

Caution

Risk of damage to wiper blades due to freezing.

♦ In the event of frost, check if wiper blades are frozen.

Note

If it is necessary for the windscreen wiper motor to run during the

working procedure, the bonnet must be closed completely, as
otherwise the power supply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.

– Switch on ignition briefly, then switch it off again.

– Actuate “flick wipe” function within 10 seconds.
• The wipers are moving to “service position”.

1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade

Removing
– Move wipers to service position ⇒ page 71 .

Caution

Risk of damage to the wiper blade.

♦ Joint-free wipers are very flexible. To lift the wiper blades
off the windscreen, touch them only in the area in which
the wiper blades are attached to the wipers.

– Lift wiper arm off the windscreen.

1. windscreen wiper system. 71

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press retaining clip -arrow A- and push wiper blade -1- off
wiper arm -2- -arrow B-.
– Remove wiper blade -1-.
Installing

Caution

Risk of damage to the vehicle body.

♦ Wiper blades for driver and front passenger sides each
have a different length.

Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

– Insert wiper blade -1- in parallel movement into wiper arm

-2- -arrow-. Ensure that wiper blade -1- is pushed into wiper
arm -2- until retaining clip is heard to engage.
To leave the “service position”:
– Operate windscreen wiper switch. or
– Drive vehicle faster than 6 km/h.

1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Puller - T10369-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

72 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing

Caution

Risk of damage to wiper shafts.

♦ There is a risk of damage to the wiper shafts when trying
to release the wiper arms without using the puller -
T10369/1- .

Note

♦ If it is necessary for the wiper motor to run during the working

procedure, the bonnet must be closed as otherwise the power
supply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

– Move wipers to service position ⇒ page 71 .

– Using a screwdriver, lever caps -3- off wiper arms -1-.
– Loosen nuts -2- a few turns.

1. windscreen wiper system. 73

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Fit puller - T10369/1- to wiper arm -1- as shown in illustration.

– Fit thrust piece -2- to wiper arm shaft.
– Turn bolt -3- clockwise until wiper arm -1- has been pulled off
wiper shaft.
– Unscrew nut completely and remove wiper arm -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the vehicle body.

♦ Wiper arms for driver and front passenger sides each have
a different length.

– Adjust wiper arms ⇒ page 74 .

1.5 Adjusting wiper arms

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Note

♦ If it is necessary for the wiper motor to run during the working

procedure, the bonnet must be closed as otherwise the power
supply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

– Deactivate APP function ⇒ page 78 .

– Removing wiper arm ⇒ page 72 .
– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “flick wipe” function and allow wiper motor to move to
its end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Fit wiper arm together with attached wiper blade onto wiper
shaft.

74 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Align wiper blade as follows against the windscreen:

Note

The dimensions given here indicate the distance between the tip
of the wiper blades (driver and front passenger sides) and the
plenum chamber cover at the bottom edge of the windscreen.

♦ Dimension -a- = 10 mm + 10 mm.

♦ Dimension -b- = 10 mm ± 10 mm.

– Tighten nuts -2- for wiper arms -1-.

– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “flick wipe” function and allow wiper arms move to their
end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Check wiper arm adjustment again and correct, if necessary.
– Press caps -3- onto wiper arms.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
page 68

1.6 Removing and installing wiper motor - V-

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Note

♦ When renewing the wiper motor - V- with wiper motor control

unit - J400- , select function Renew for the corresponding con‐
trol unit available in the Guided Fault Finding or the
Guided Functions ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐

hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

1. windscreen wiper system. 75

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Removing wiper arm ⇒ page 72 .
– Remove left plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Removing and installing ple‐
num chamber cover .
– Unscrew bolts -1-.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -3-.
– If necessary, remove wires from wiper frame -2-.
– Take wiper frame -2- with linkage and wiper motor out of ple‐
num chamber.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Adjust wiper arms ⇒ page 74 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Wiper frame - specified torque and tightening se‐
quence”“ , page 70

1.7 Renewing wiper motor

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Release lever - 80-200-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

76 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

WARNING

Danger of injury!
♦ Risk of crushing injuries when performing work on uncov‐
ered windscreen wiper system.
♦ The windscreen wiper system may only be operated after
its proper installation.

Caution

There is a risk of damage to the bonnet and the wiper arms.

♦ Before operating the windscreen wiper system with open
bonnet, ensure that there is sufficient space for the com‐
ponents to move.

Note

♦ In order to be able to operate the windscreen wiper system

with open bonnet, the bonnet lock must be engaged in position
»closed«.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

Removing:
– Deactivate APP function of wiper motor ⇒ page 78 .
– Remove wiper motor - V- ⇒ page 75 .

1. windscreen wiper system. 77

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lever drive rod -4- off motor crank ball joint -2- using removal
lever - 80-200- .
– Unscrew hexagon nut -1-.
– Pull motor crank -2- off wiper motor shaft.
– Unscrew bolts -3-.
– Remove wiper motor - V- from wiper frame.
Installing:
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Attach electrical connector to windscreen wiper motor - V- .
– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “flick wipe” function, and allow wiper motor - V- to
move to its end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Disconnect electrical connector.

– Fit wiper motor - V- to wiper frame.

– Screw in bolts -3-.
– Fit motor crank -2- to windscreen wiper motor shaft.
– Screw in hexagon nut -1-.
– Align drive rod -4- parallel to motor crank -2-.
– Tighten hexagon nut -1-.
– Connect drive rod -4- to motor crank -2- at ball joint.
– Install wiper motor - V- ⇒ page 75 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - wiper motor and wiper frame”,
page 70

1.8 Deactivating APP function of wiper mo‐

tor
The windscreen wiper system is equipped with an APP function
(alternating park position).
With the APP function, the wiper is moved up slightly once it has
reached the lowest position. This occurs every second time the
wiper system is switched off.
To fit the motor crank on the wiper motor, it is necessary for the
motor to be in the lowest park position. To ensure this position is
reached, the APP function must be deactivated.

Note

♦ The APP function cannot be activated.

♦ After 100 cycles of wiper movement, the APP function is acti‐
vated automatically. This applies to wiper motors on which the
APP function has been deactivated and also to new wiper mo‐
tors.

78 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 336 .

– Deactivate APP function of wiper motor ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

Note

Following successful completion of APP function coding / deac‐

tivation, the wiper motor is located in the lower park position after
the next wipe cycle.

1.9 Removing and installing rain and light

sensor

Note

♦ The rain and light sensor - G397- has a silicon layer (coupling
pad) which forms the contact surface to the windscreen.
♦ The rain and light sensors - G397- cannot be renewed arbi‐
trarily.
♦ Determine the correct rain and light sensor - G397- using the
part number ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA” .
♦ If the rain and light sensor - G397- is replaced by a rain and
light sensor - G397- with a different part number, start the re‐
spective function ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Equipment version with ignition lock: withdraw ignition key.
– Remove interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Interior mirror; Removing and installing interior mirror .
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.
– Insert a narrow screwdriver -5- in the hole as shown in illus‐
tration, and release catches of retaining spring -2- -arrows-.
– Wait 1 minute until silicone pad has fully expanded so that it
can be detached without leaving any residue.
– Detach rain and light sensor - G397- -item 4- by moving it back
and forth, and remove it from mounting -1-.

1. windscreen wiper system. 79

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Caution

Risk of damage to humidity sender.

♦ The humidity sender -arrow- is very sensitive and must not
be damaged.

– If the humidity sender is damaged -arrow-, the rain and light

sensor -1- must be renewed.
– Clean bonding surface on windscreen using lint-free cloth.
• Completely remove any remains of the silicone.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Renew the silicone pad.

– Remove silicone pad -2- from sensor -3- without leaving any
residue.
– Clean bonding surface -1- on sensor with compressed air.

– Pull silicone paper -1- off silicone pad -3-.

– The transparent protective film -2- remains on the silicone pad
as an assembly aid.

80 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Using transparent protective film -1- position silicone pad -2-

in centre of sensor -3-.
– Press silicone pad through protective film onto sensor.

– Pull protective film -2- off silicone pad -1-.

Note

To prevent the silicone pad from being soiled, only remove the
protective film immediately before installing the sensor.

– Insert sensor -4- in mounting -2-.

– Press on retaining clips -1, 5- until they can be heard to en‐
gage.

Note

♦ Even if the sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles may

initially appear between the windscreen and the coupling pad.
After approx. 10 minutes, the contact surface must be free of
bubbles.
♦ If the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes,
the rain and light sensor - G397- must be removed and instal‐
led anew.
♦ Air bubbles between the windscreen and the coupling pad will
cause the rain and light sensor - G397- to malfunction.

– Connect electrical connector -3-.

– If the rain and light sensor - G397- was renewed, perform cod‐
ing ⇒ page 81 .
Coding rain and light sensor - G397-
– Code rain and light sensor - G397- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

1. windscreen wiper system. 81

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Windscreen washer system

⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system”,
page 82
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir”,
page 86
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level
sender”, page 90
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing windscreen washer pump”,
page 91
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing washer jets”, page 93
⇒ “2.6 Adjusting spray jets”, page 94

2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wash‐

er system
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer
fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing, with headlight washer
system”, page 82
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer
fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing, without headlight washer
system”, page 84
⇒ “2.1.3 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer
fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page 85

2.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer fluid reservoir in

front left wheel housing, with headlight washer system

82 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Right spray jet

❑ Versions with right
washer jet heater ele‐
ment - Z21-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
2 - Left spray jet
❑ Versions with left wash‐
er jet heater element -
Z20-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
3 - Grommet
❑ For water line in bonnet
4 - Water line
❑ For windscreen washer
system
❑ Colour: black
5 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 91
6 - Sealing grommet
❑ Renew if damaged
7 - Nut
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
8 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ For vehicles with head‐
light washer system.
❑ With windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33- . Cannot be renewed separately if defective.
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 86
9 - Filler pipe

Caution
Danger of leakage!
Must not be removed
from washer fluid reser‐
voir.

❑ For washer fluid reservoir

10 - Filler neck

Caution
Danger of leakage!
Must not be removed
from filler pipe.

❑ For washer fluid reservoir

2. Windscreen washer system 83

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

11 - Strainer
12 - Cap
❑ For filler neck

2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer fluid reservoir in

front left wheel housing, without headlight washer system

1 - Right spray jet

❑ Versions with right
washer jet heater ele‐
ment - Z21-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
2 - Left spray jet
❑ Versions with left wash‐
er jet heater element -
Z20-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
3 - Grommet
❑ For water line in bonnet
4 - Water line
❑ For windscreen washer
system
❑ Colour: black
5 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 91
6 - Sealing grommet
❑ Renew if damaged
7 - Nut
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
8 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ For vehicles without
headlight washer system
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 86
9 - Filler pipe

Caution
Danger of leakage!
Must not be removed
from washer fluid reser‐
voir.

❑ For washer fluid reservoir

84 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

10 - Filler neck

Caution
Danger of leakage!
Must not be removed
from filler pipe.

❑ For washer fluid reservoir

11 - Seal
12 - Windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 90
13 - Strainer
14 - Cap
❑ For filler neck

2.1.3 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system, washer fluid reservoir in

front right wheel housing

1 - Washer fluid reservoir

❑ With filler neck
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 88
2 - Strainer
3 - Cap
❑ For filler neck
4 - Water line
❑ For windscreen washer
system
❑ On washer fluid reser‐
voir
5 - Right spray jet
❑ Versions with right
washer jet heater ele‐
ment - Z21-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
6 - Left spray jet
❑ Versions with left wash‐
er jet heater element -
Z20-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
7 - Grommet
❑ For water line in bonnet
8 - Water line
❑ For windscreen washer
system
Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Windscreen washer system 85

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018
❑ In engine compartment
9 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
10 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
12 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
14 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
15 - Windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 92
16 - Sealing grommet
❑ Renew if damaged
17 - Windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 90
18 - Seal

2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir
⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer
fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing”, page 86
⇒ “2.2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer
fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page 88

2.2.1 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir, washer fluid reservoir in front
left wheel housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Drip tray

86 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

♦ Removal and installation of washer fluid reservoirs with head‐

light washer system are described. Removal and installation
of washer fluid reservoirs without headlight washer system are
carried out in the same way.
♦ The removal and installation of the washer fluid reservoir is
described for the Estate. The removal and installation of the
washer fluid reservoir for the Saloon are carried out in the
same way.

Removing
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
– Remove left headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– If necessary, remove headlight washer system pump - V11-
⇒ page 106 .
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Release locking lug -3-.

Caution

Risk of leakage.
♦ The washer fluid reservoir is constructed in a one-piece
design. The washer fluid reservoir, the filler pipe and the
filler neck are not intended to be separated from each oth‐
er. If they are nevertheless detached from each other, the
connection could then leak.

– Pull filler neck -1- upwards out of bracket on lock carrier -2-.

– Disconnect electrical connectors -2- and -3-.

– Release securing clips -6- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull water lines -4- and -5- off windscreen washer pump.
– Detach wiring harness from washer fluid reservoir -1-.

2. Windscreen washer system 87

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove nuts -1, 2, 3-.

– Pull washer fluid reservoir -4- off threaded pins.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The connections to the pump and hose lines are colour-marked

in order to prevent the washer fluid lines from being incorrectly
connected to the windscreen and rear window washer pump -
V59- . The hose fittings must be connected to the correct colour-
coded pump connections during installation.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system”, page
82

2.2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir, washer fluid reservoir in front
right wheel housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Drip tray

Note

The removal and installation of the washer fluid reservoir is de‐

scribed for the Estate. The removal and installation of the washer
fluid reservoir for the Saloon are carried out in the same way.

Removing
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Remove right plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Removing and installing ple‐
num chamber cover .

88 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew nuts -2-.

– Pull filler neck -1- upwards off washer fluid reservoir.
– Remove front right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing
and installing front wheel housing liner .
– Remove noise insulation between wing and longitudinal mem‐
ber at top of wheel housing ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Wing; Assembly overview - wing .

– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -3-.

– Disconnect water lines for windscreen and rear window wash‐
er system at coupling points -1-.
– If fitted, separate water line for headlight washer system at
coupling point -2-.
– Unscrew securing bolt -5- for washer fluid reservoir -4-.

– Unscrew securing bolt -1- for washer fluid reservoir -3-.

– Unscrew securing nuts -2- for washer fluid reservoir -3-.
– Pull washer fluid reservoir -3- off threaded pins, and guide it
out of wing.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The connections to the pump and hose lines are colour-marked

in order to prevent the washer fluid lines from being incorrectly
connected to the windscreen and rear window washer pump -
V59- . The hose fittings must be connected to the correct colour-
coded pump connections during installation.

– When fitting the filler neck onto the washer fluid reservoir,
make sure the seal is properly seated on the filler neck.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.3 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system,
washer fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page 85

2. Windscreen washer system 89

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.3 Removing and installing windscreen

washer fluid level sender
⇒ “2.3.1 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level
sender, washer fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing”,
page 90
⇒ “2.3.2 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level
sender, washer fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page
90

2.3.1 Removing and installing windscreen

washer fluid level sender, washer fluid
reservoir in front left wheel housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray

Note

Dependent on the equipment level, the windscreen washer fluid

level sender - G33- may either be renewed individually or together
with the washer fluid reservoir.

Removing
– Remove front left wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liners; Removing and
installing front wheel housing liners .
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Pull windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33- -1- out of
washer fluid reservoir.
– If necessary, remove seal -3- from washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Ensure that seal is fitted correctly to opening in washer fluid
reservoir.
– Coat seal with washer fluid so that windscreen washer fluid
level sender - G33- can be inserted more easily.

2.3.2 Removing and installing windscreen

washer fluid level sender, washer fluid
reservoir in front right wheel housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray
Removing
– Remove front right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing
and installing front wheel housing liner .
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.

90 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.

– Pull windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33- -1- out of
washer fluid reservoir.
– If necessary, remove seal for windscreen washer fluid level
sender - G33- from washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Ensure that seal is fitted correctly to opening in washer fluid
reservoir.
– Coat seal with washer fluid so that windscreen washer fluid
level sender - G33- can be inserted more easily.

2.4 Removing and installing windscreen

washer pump
⇒ “2.4.1 Removing and installing washer pump, washer fluid res‐
ervoir in front left wheel housing”, page 91
⇒ “2.4.2 Removing and installing washer pump, washer fluid res‐
ervoir in front right wheel housing”, page 92

2.4.1 Removing and installing washer pump,

washer fluid reservoir in front left wheel
housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray

Note

The removal and installation of the washer pump is described for

the Estate. The removal and installation of the washer pump for
the Saloon are carried out in the same way.

Removing
– Remove front left wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liners; Removing and
installing front wheel housing liners .

2. Windscreen washer system 91

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

Wiring harness -2- remains connected to washer fluid reservoir.
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Release securing clips -3- and -4- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull water line off washer pump -5-.
– Pull washer pump -5- upwards -arrow B- out of washer fluid
reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The connections to the pump and hose lines are colour-marked

in order to prevent the washer fluid lines from being incorrectly
connected to the windscreen and rear window washer pump -
V59- . The hose fittings must be connected to the correct colour-
coded pump connections during installation.

– Check sealing grommet for damage.

2.4.2 Removing and installing washer pump,

washer fluid reservoir in front right wheel
housing

Note

The removal and installation of the washer pump is described for

the Estate. The removal and installation of the washer pump for
the Saloon are carried out in the same way.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Drip tray
Removing
– Remove washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 88 .

92 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Release securing clips on connection pieces -3- and -4- in di‐
rection of arrow -A-.
– Pull water lines off washer pump -2-.
– Swing washer pump -2- in direction of arrow -B- out of washer
fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The connections to the pump and hose lines are colour-marked

in order to prevent the washer fluid lines from being incorrectly
connected to the windscreen and rear window washer pump -
V59- . The hose fittings must be connected to the correct colour-
coded pump connections during installation.

– Check sealing grommet for damage.

2.5 Removing and installing washer jets

Removing

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

– Open bonnet.
– Push spray jet upwards -arrow A- and pull out of flap at the
rear -arrow B-.

2. Windscreen washer system 93

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release hose clip -1- in direction of -arrow-, and pull hose

connection -2- off spray jet -4-.
– Release and detach connector -3- and remove spray jet -4-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the securing
clip engages audibly in the connection.

– Starting at the top, push spray jet into mounting hole until it
locks in place audibly.
– Adjusting spray jets ⇒ page 94 .

2.6 Adjusting spray jets

Caution

Risk of damage.
♦ Never use items to clean the washer jets!

Note

In case of uneven spray field due to impurities in the spray jet:

remove spray jet and rinse it through with water, opposite to di‐
rection of spray. Subsequent blowing through with compressed
air against the spraying direction is permitted. Never use items to
clean the washer jets!

– Adjusting windscreen washer system spray jets ⇒ Mainte‐

nance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

94 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Rear window wiper system

⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”,
page 95
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 96
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm”, page 96
⇒ “3.4 Adjusting wiper arm”, page 97
⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing rear window wiper motor V12 ”,
page 98

3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system

1 - Cover
2 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 12 Nm
3 - Wiper arm with joint-free
wiper
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 96
❑ Adjusting park position
⇒ page 97
❑ Removing and installing
joint-free wipers
⇒ page 96 .
4 - Seal
❑ In rear window
❑ Renew if damaged
⇒ page 98 .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 98
5 - Rear window wiper motor -
V12-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 98
6 - Nut
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
7 - Rubber ring
❑ Qty. 3
8 - Distance piece
❑ Qty. 3

3. Rear window wiper system 95

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade

Caution

Risk of damage to the wiper blade.

♦ Joint-free wipers are very flexible. To lift the wiper blades
off the rear window, touch them only in the area in which
the wiper blades are attached to the wipers.

Removing
– Lift wiper arm off the rear window.
– Swivel wiper blade in direction of arrow -A- out of wiper arm.
– Press release button -2-.
– Pull wiper blade on wiper blade fastener -1- in direction of ar‐
row -B- out of wiper arm.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The wiper blade should be heard to engage in the wiper arm.

3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Puller - T10369-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Switch on ignition.

96 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Actuate “rear window wipe” function and allow wiper arm to

move to its end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Press together cap of rear window wiper -1- in direction of ar‐
row -A-.
– Fold up cover cap in direction of arrow -B- to unclip.

– Loosen nut -3- a few turns.

– Fit puller - T10369/5- to wiper arm -2-.
– Fit thrust piece -4- to wiper arm shaft.
– Screw in bolt -1- until wiper arm has been pulled off the wiper
shaft.
– Completely unscrew nut -3-.
– Remove wiper arm -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Adjust wiper arm ⇒ page 97 .

3.4 Adjusting wiper arm

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

– Remove wiper arm ⇒ page 96 .

– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “rear window wipe” function and allow wiper shaft to
move to its end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Fit wiper arm together with attached wiper blade onto wiper
shaft.

3. Rear window wiper system 97

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Align wiper blade as follows against the rear window:

Note

The dimension given here indicates the distance between the tip
of the wiper blade and the bottom edge of the rear window.

♦ Dimension -a- = 24 ± 5 mm.

– Tighten wiper arm nut.
– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “rear window wipe” function and allow wiper arm to
move to its end position.
– Check wiper arm adjustment again and correct if necessary.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
95

3.5 Removing and installing rear window

wiper motor - V12-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove wiper arm ⇒ page 96 .
– Remove lower rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims; Removing and in‐
stalling lower rear lid trim .
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Unscrew nuts -2-, -3- and -5-.
– Remove rear window wiper motor - V12- -4-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– If necessary, moisten inner side of rear window seal with rub‐
ber and plastic compatible lubricant (e.g. polyethylene glycol).

98 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Check seal is seated correctly in opening of rear window. Mark

-1- on seal must align with mark -2- on rear window.
– Adjust wiper arm ⇒ page 97 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
95

3. Rear window wiper system 99

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4 Rear window washer system

⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system”,
page 100
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir”,
page 101
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump”, page
102
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing washer jet”, page 102
⇒ “4.5 Adjusting spray jet”, page 102

4.1 Assembly overview - rear window wash‐

er system
⇒ “4.1.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system, wash‐
er fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing”, page 100
⇒ “4.1.2 Assembly overview - rear window washer system, wash‐
er fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page 101

4.1.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system, washer fluid reservoir in
front left wheel housing

1 - High-level brake light

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 177
2 - Connection for washer fluid
hose
❑ For rear window washer
system.
3 - Spray nozzle
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 102
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 102
4 - Water line
❑ Leading to spray jet of
rear window washer
system; location: right
side panel.
5 - Water line
❑ Leading to spray jet of
rear window washer
system; location: engine
compartment.
6 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 102
❑ With sealing grommet;
renew if damaged.
7 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101

100 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.1.2 Assembly overview - rear window washer system, washer fluid reservoir in
front right wheel housing

1 - High-level brake light

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 177
2 - Connection for washer fluid
hose
❑ For rear window washer
system.
3 - Spray nozzle
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 102
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 102
4 - Water line
❑ Leading to spray jet of
rear window washer
system; location: right
side panel.
5 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 102
❑ With sealing grommet;
renew if damaged.
6 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
7 - Water line
❑ Leading to spray jets of
windscreen and rear
window washer system;
location: engine com‐
partment

4.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir

Note

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the washer fluid reservoir

(which is the same for the windscreen and the rear window wash‐
er systems) is located in the front left wheel housing or the front
right wheel housing.

– Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer fluid

reservoir in front left wheel housing ⇒ page 86 .
– Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer fluid
reservoir in front right wheel housing ⇒ page 88 .

4. Rear window washer system 101

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.3 Removing and installing rear window

washer pump

Note

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the washer pump (which is

the same for the windscreen and the rear window washer sys‐
tems) is located in the front left wheel housing or the front right
wheel housing.

– Removing and installing windscreen and rear window washer

pump - V59- , washer fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing
⇒ page 91 .
– Removing and installing windscreen and rear window washer
pump - V59- , washer fluid reservoir in front right wheel hous‐
ing ⇒ page 92 .

4.4 Removing and installing washer jet

Note

The spray jet is installed in the high-level brake light.

Removing:
– Remove high-level brake light ⇒ page 177 .
– Release the two catches -arrows-.
– Pull spray jet -1- towards rear out of high-level brake light.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the securing
clip engages audibly in the connection.

– Adjust spray jet ⇒ page 102 .

4.5 Adjusting spray jet

– Adjusting rear window washer system spray jets ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work .

102 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5 Headlight washer system

⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system”,
page 103
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir”,
page 105
⇒ “5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump
V11 ”, page 106
⇒ “5.4 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder”, page 107
⇒ “5.5 Removing and installing washer jets”, page 109
⇒ “5.6 Adjusting spray jets”, page 109

5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer

system
⇒ “5.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system, washer
fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing”, page 103
⇒ “5.1.2 Assembly overview - headlight washer system, washer
fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”, page 105

5.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system, washer fluid reservoir in

front left wheel housing

5. Headlight washer system 103

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Headlight washer system

pump - V11-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 106
2 - Sealing grommet
❑ Renew if damaged
3 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 105
4 - Nut
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
5 - Left spray jet
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 107
6 - Water hose
7 - Right spray jet
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 107
8 - Bracket for headlight wash‐
er system
❑ Renewing bracket
⇒ page 108

104 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5.1.2 Assembly overview - headlight washer system, washer fluid reservoir in

front right wheel housing

1 - Headlight washer system

pump - V11-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 106
2 - Washer fluid reservoir
❑ With filler neck
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 105
3 - Water hose
❑ On washer fluid reser‐
voir
4 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
5 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
6 - Left spray jet
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 107
7 - Water hose
❑ In front bumper cover
8 - Right spray jet
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 107
9 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
10 - Sealing grommet
❑ Renew if damaged
11 - Bracket for headlight washer system
❑ Renewing bracket ⇒ page 108

5.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir

Note

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the washer fluid reservoir

(which is the same for the windscreen and rear window washer
system and the headlight washer system) is located in the front
left wheel housing or the front right wheel housing.

– Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer fluid

reservoir in front left wheel housing ⇒ page 86 .

5. Headlight washer system 105

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir, washer fluid

reservoir in front right wheel housing ⇒ page 88 .

5.3 Removing and installing headlight

washer system pump - V11-
⇒ “5.3.1 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump
V11 , washer fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing”,
page 106
⇒ “5.3.2 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump
V11 , washer fluid reservoir in front right wheel housing”,
page 106

5.3.1 Removing and installing headlight

washer system pump - V11- , washer
fluid reservoir in front left wheel housing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray
Removing
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Press release button -3-.
– Pull water hose -4- off headlight washer system pump - V11-
-1-.
– Pull headlight washer system pump - V11- -1- upwards
-arrow A- out of washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the securing
clip engages audibly in the connection.

– Check sealing grommet for damage.

5.3.2 Removing and installing headlight

washer system pump - V11- , washer
fluid reservoir in front right wheel hous‐
ing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray
Removing
– Remove washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 88 .

106 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.

– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir.
– Release securing clips -4-. To do this, pull securing clips out
of connection piece -3-.
– Pull water line connection piece -3- off headlight washer sys‐
tem pump - V11- -1-.
– Pull headlight washer system pump - V11- -1- upwards
-arrow- out of washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check sealing grommet for damage.

5.4 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder

⇒ “5.4.1 Renewing bracket for headlight washer system”,
page 108
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip tray
Removing

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

– Remove front wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing and
installing front wheel housing liner .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
– Place drip tray under pop-up cylinder.
– Press release button -1- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull water hose -2- off pop-up cylinder -3- in direction of arrow
-B-.

Note

The removal of the cap should be carried out with aid of a second
person.

5. Headlight washer system 107

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Working with compressed air, drive pop-up cylinder together

with cap -1- out of bumper cover and hold it in place.
– Press cap -1- on both sides out of upper mountings -2- in di‐
rection of arrow -A-.
– Swing cap -1- in direction of arrow -B- and unclip it from lower
mountings -3-.

– Press release buttons -1- in direction of arrow -A-.

– Pull pop-up cylinder -2- downwards out of mounting -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ Observe the markings distinguishing the pop-up cylinders for

left and right.
♦ Ensure that the pop-up cylinder engages audibly when being
pushed into the mounting.
♦ When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the secur‐
ing clip engages audibly in the connection.

5.4.1 Renewing bracket for headlight washer

system

Note

If the brackets are detached from the headlight washer system,

they can be renewed individually. It is not necessary to renew the
complete bumper. Use replacement parts in accordance with ET‐
KA.

Assembly notes
♦ If residual adhesive must be removed, use only adhesive re‐
mover - D 002 000 10- .
♦ Remove any residue of adhesive tape using adhesive strip
remover - VAS 6349- .
♦ For cleaning bonding surfaces: cleaning solution - D 009 401
04-
♦ Ensure that the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ The brackets must be bonded immediately after cleaning.
♦ Remove protective film only immediately before installation.
♦ Working temperature is approx. 21℃.

108 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;

Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
– Remove support element ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Assembly overview - add-on
parts .
– Remove fog light, if necessary ⇒ page 161 .
– Remove spray jet from bracket ⇒ page 107
– Clean bonding surfaces ⇒ page 108 .
– Pull backing film off new bracket.
– Align bracket and bond to bumper.
– Insert spray jet in bracket.
– Install bumper.

5.5 Removing and installing washer jets

Removing

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

– Remove pop-up cylinder ⇒ page 107 .

– Press fasteners in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull spray jet -1- out of pop-up cylinder -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Ensure that the spray jet engages audibly when being pushed into
the pop-up cylinder.

5.6 Adjusting spray jets

Note

The delivered spray jets are preset by the manufacturer so that

there is no need to adjust them following installation.

– Checking adjustment of spray jets ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet

39.1 ; Descriptions of work .

5. Headlight washer system 109

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6 Washer fluid lines

⇒ “6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines”, page 110

6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 92 ; Hose
repair .

110 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

94 – Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

1. Headlights 111
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 Headlights
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 112
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing headlight”, page 120
⇒ “1.3 Adjusting headlights”, page 123
⇒ “1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position”, page 123
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 ”,
page 125
⇒ “1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing”, page 126
⇒ “1.7 Converting headlights from driving on right to driving on
left”, page 128
⇒ “1.8 Converting headlights from driving on left to driving on
right”, page 128
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
V48 / V49 ”, page 129
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb”, page 135
⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb M30 /
M32 ”, page 139
⇒ “1.12 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 ”,
page 145
⇒ “1.13 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 /
L175 ”, page 146
⇒ “1.14 Removing and installing LED modules for daytime run‐
ning light and side light L176 / L177 ”, page 148
⇒ “1.15 Removing and installing bulbs for cornering light L148 /
L149 ”, page 150
⇒ “1.16 Removing and installing headlight fan V407 / V408 ”, page
151
⇒ “1.17 Removing and installing output module for headlight
J667 / J668 ”, page 153
⇒ “1.18 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running
light and side light J860 / J861 ”, page 154
⇒ “1.19 Removing and installing output module 1 for LED head‐
light A27 / A31 ”, page 157
⇒ “1.20 Removing and installing control motor sender for VARILIS
headlight G695 / G696 ”, page 159
⇒ “1.21 Removing and installing control motor for VARILIS head‐
light V446 / V447 ”, page 160
⇒ “1.22 Removing and installing swivel module position sensor
G474 / G475 ”, page 160
⇒ “1.23 Removing and installing dynamic cornering light control
motor V318 / V319 ”, page 160

1.1 Assembly overview - headlight

⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - dual halogen headlight”,
page 113
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - LED headlights without cornering
light”, page 115
⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

112 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

⇒ “1.1.4 Assembly overview - repair kit for headlight housing”,

page 119
⇒ “1.1.5 Assembly overview - daytime running lights”, page 120

1.1.1 Assembly overview - dual halogen headlight

1 - Side light bulb

❑ Left side light bulb - M1-
❑ Right side light bulb -
M3-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 145
2 - Handle
❑ For side-light bulb
3 - Housing cover
4 - Front turn signal bulb
❑ Front left turn signal
bulb - M5-
❑ Front right turn signal
bulb - M7-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 125
5 - Handle
❑ For front turn signal bulb
6 - Housing cover
7 - Headlight range control mo‐
tor
❑ Left headlight range
control motor - V48-
❑ Right headlight range
control motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 129
8 - Housing cover
9 - Headlight dipped beam bulb
❑ Left headlight dipped
beam bulb - M29-
❑ Right headlight dipped beam bulb - M31-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 135
10 - Bulb holder
❑ For headlight dipped beam bulb.
11 - Housing cover
12 - Headlight main beam bulb
❑ Left headlight main beam bulb - M30-
❑ Right headlight main beam bulb - M32-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 139
13 - Housing cover
14 - Bolt
❑ For securing on upper longitudinal member
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm

1. Headlights 113
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

15 - Adjustment element
16 - Bolt
❑ Only needs to be loosened
❑ For securing on headlight holder
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
17 - Compensation element
18 - Bolt
❑ For securing on bumper guide.
❑ M6
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
19 - Speed nut
❑ M6
20 - Headlights
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 120
21 - Banjo bolt
❑ For height adjustment of headlight
22 - Bolt
❑ For securing on lock carrier.
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
23 - Trim
24 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm
25 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm
26 - Cover

114 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.2 Assembly overview - LED headlights without cornering light

1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
4 - Trim
5 - Housing cover
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
7 - Headlight range control mo‐
tor
❑ Left headlight range
control motor - V48-
❑ Right headlight range
control motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 130
8 - Bolt
❑ Only needs to be loos‐
ened
❑ For securing on head‐
light holder
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
9 - Compensation element
10 - Bolt
❑ For securing on upper
longitudinal member
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
11 - Adjustment element
12 - Headlights
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 120
13 - Speed nut
❑ M6
14 - Bolt
❑ For securing on bumper guide.
❑ M6
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
15 - Control unit for daytime running light and side light
❑ Control unit for left daytime running light and side light - J860-
❑ Control unit for right daytime running light and side light - J861-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 154
16 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3

1. Headlights 115
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
17 - Output module 1 for left LED headlight
❑ Output module 1 for right LED headlight - A27-
❑ Output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 157
18 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
19 - Bolt
❑ For securing on lock carrier.
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
20 - Banjo bolt
❑ For height adjustment of headlight

1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering light

1 - LED module for headlight

dipped beam bulb
❑ LED module provides
dipped beam and entry
light in exterior mirror
❑ Left headlight dipped
beam bulb - M29-
❑ Right headlight dipped
beam bulb - M31-
❑ With reflector
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 136
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
3 - Housing cover
❑ To be used in event of
repairs
4 - Bolt
❑ To be used in event of
repairs
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque:
1.6 Nm
5 - Housing cover
6 - Headlight range control mo‐
tor
❑ Left headlight range
control motor - V48-
❑ Right headlight range
control motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 132

116 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7 - Housing cover
❑ To be used in event of repairs
8 - Bolt
❑ To be used in event of repairs
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
10 - Headlight fan
❑ Left headlight fan - V407-
❑ Right headlight fan - V408-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 151
11 - LED module for headlight main beam bulb
❑ LED module provides dipped beam and main beam
❑ Left headlight main beam bulb - M30-
❑ Right headlight main beam bulb - M32-
❑ With reflector
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 140
12 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ For securing on upper longitudinal member
❑ Specified torque: 8 Nm
14 - Adjustment element
15 - Bolt
❑ Only needs to be loosened
❑ For securing on headlight holder
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
16 - Compensation element
17 - Headlights
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 120
18 - Bolt
❑ For securing on bumper guide.
❑ M6
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
19 - Speed nut
❑ M6
20 - Output module 1 for left LED headlight
❑ Output module 1 for right LED headlight - A27-
❑ Output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 158
21 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm

1. Headlights 117
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

22 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
23 - Power output module for headlight
❑ Output module for left headlight - J667-
❑ Output module for right headlight - J668-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 153
24 - Control unit for daytime running light and side light
❑ Control unit for left daytime running light and side light - J860-
❑ Control unit for right daytime running light and side light - J861-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 156
25 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
26 - Cornering light bulb
❑ Left cornering light bulb - L148-
❑ Right cornering light bulb - L149-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 150
27 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 1.6 Nm
28 - Bolt
❑ For securing on lock carrier.
❑ Specified torque: 4 Nm
29 - Banjo bolt
❑ For height adjustment of headlight
30 - Trim
31 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm
32 - Cover
33 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm

118 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.4 Assembly overview - repair kit for headlight housing

1 - Headlights
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 1
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
3 - Upper retaining tab
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 126
4 - Inner retaining tab
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 126
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
6 - Rear retaining tab
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 126
7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 1
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
9 - Outer retaining tab
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 126

1. Headlights 119
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.5 Assembly overview - daytime running lights

1 - LED module for daytime

running light and side light
❑ Left LED module for
daytime running light
and side light - L176-
❑ Right LED module for
daytime running light
and side light - L177-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 148
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 8
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm
3 - Trim
❑ Clipped into front bump‐
er cover
4 - Breather valve
❑ Qty. 2
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm
6 - Daytime running light bulb -
L174- / -L175-
❑ Left daytime running
light bulb - L174-
❑ Right daytime running
light bulb - L175-
❑ With seal
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 147

1.2 Removing and installing headlight

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

120 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove radiator grille ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Radiator grille/front trim; Removing and installing ra‐
diator grille .

Caution

Risk of damage to component.

♦ Carefully pull off bumper. When doing this, ensure that the
bumper is not being deformed or torn.
♦ In order to avoid scratches on the surfaces when removing
the headlight, mask off the surrounding areas.

1. Headlights 121
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolts -2- from front wheel housing liner.

– Unscrew bolts -4- between front bumper cover and lock carrier
from below.
– Unscrew bolts -3- between front bumper cover and wheel
housing liner from below.
– Release bumper -1- from wing and pull it off in direction of
arrow -A-.
– Mask off marked area -3- on headlight -2-.
– Mask off underside of wing tip -4-.
– Mask off marked area -5- on bumper -1-.

122 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Loosen bolt -2- through the hole in the support element several
turns, but do not unscrew it completely.
– Remove bolts -3, 4- and -5-.
– Release and disconnect connector on headlight -1-.
– Pull headlight -1- forwards to remove.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Push headlight into mounting on body.
– Ensure uniform gap all around headlight ⇒ page 123 .
– Insert bumper -1-. When doing this, ensure that bumper is be‐
ing guided into mountings -2- beneath headlight.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 112

1.3 Adjusting headlights

⇒ “1.3.1 Adjusting headlights”, page 123
⇒ “1.3.2 Adjusting fog lights”, page 123

1.3.1 Adjusting headlights

Adjusting dual halogen headlight ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ;
Descriptions of work .

1.3.2 Adjusting fog lights

Adjusting fog lights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions
of work

1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Procedure

1. Headlights 123
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Loosen bolts -2-, -3-, -4- and -5-.

– Ensure uniform gap between headlight -1- and wing.
– Tighten bolts -3- and -4-.
– Close bonnet.
– Adjust banjo bolt of bolt -5- to ensure gaps are even all round.
– Open bonnet.
– Tighten bolt -5- inside banjo bolt.
– Tighten bolt -2-.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 112

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

124 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal

bulb -M5- / -M7-
⇒ “1.5.1 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 ,
dual halogen headlights”, page 125
⇒ “1.5.2 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 ,
LED headlights”, page 126

1.5.1 Removing and installing front turn signal

bulb -M5- / -M7- , dual halogen head‐
lights

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Pull off housing cover -3- from headlight.

– Pull grip with front turn signal bulb -2- out of reflector -1-
-arrow-.

1. Headlights 125
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull front left turn signal bulb - M5- -2- out of bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1.5.2 Removing and installing front turn signal

bulb -M5- / -M7- , LED headlights

Note

The front turn signal bulbs (LEDs) are integrated in the headlight.
These LEDs cannot be renewed. The headlight can be renewed
only as a complete unit.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

126 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

♦ If retaining tabs broke off the headlights, they can be renewed using the repair kit for headlight housing.
There is therefore no need to renew the entire headlight.
♦ There are different repair kits available for the left and right headlight ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The removal and installation procedure for the right-
hand side is basically the same.

– Remove headlight whose retaining tab is broken

⇒ page 120 .
– Remove remaining parts of broken retaining tab from head‐
light housing.

– Fit retaining tab -2- of repair kit to headlamp and secure it with
bolt -1-.
– Install headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1. Headlights 127
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.4 Assembly overview - repair kit for headlight housing”,
page 119

1.7 Converting headlights from driving on

right to driving on left
⇒ “1.7.1 Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving
on left (dual halogen headlights)”, page 128
⇒ “1.7.2 Converting headlights from driving on right to driving on
left, LED headlights”, page 128

1.7.1 Changing headlights over from driving

on right to driving on left (dual halogen
headlights)
If an RHD vehicle is driven in a left-traffic country, or vice versa,
the headlights do not need to be adapted in any way.

1.7.2 Converting headlights from driving on

right to driving on left, LED headlights
If a right-hand drive vehicle is driven in a left-hand drive country,
or vice versa, the headlights must be converted. This is necessary
in order to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with the asymmetric
low beam headlights.

Note

♦ The conversion from driving on left to driving on right, or vice

versa, is performed by means of the infotainment system.
♦ It is only permissible to make use of the headlight converter
for a short period of time. When permanently driving in the
respective country during a longer period of time, suitable
headlights need to be installed according to valid specifica‐
tions.

– On the display unit for front information display and operating

unit control unit - J685- , press button CAR .
– Press function buttons Setup and Light .
– Perform adjustment in menu “Light Settings”.

1.8 Converting headlights from driving on

left to driving on right
⇒ “1.8.1 Changing headlights over from driving on left to driving
on right (dual halogen headlights)”, page 128
⇒ “1.8.2 Converting headlights from driving on left to driving on
right, LED headlights”, page 129

1.8.1 Changing headlights over from driving

on left to driving on right (dual halogen
headlights)
If an RHD vehicle is driven in a left-traffic country, or vice versa,
the headlights do not need to be adapted in any way.

128 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.8.2 Converting headlights from driving on

left to driving on right, LED headlights
If a right-hand drive vehicle is driven in a left-hand drive country,
or vice versa, the headlights must be converted. This is necessary
in order to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with the asymmetric
low beam headlights.

Note

♦ The conversion from driving on left to driving on right, or vice

versa, is performed by means of the infotainment system.
♦ It is only permissible to make use of the headlight converter
for a short period of time. When permanently driving in the
respective country during a longer period of time, suitable
headlights need to be installed according to valid specifica‐
tions.

– On the display unit for front information display and operating

unit control unit - J685- , press button CAR .
– Press function buttons Setup and Light .
– Perform adjustment in menu “Light Settings”.

1.9 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49-
⇒ “1.9.1 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
V48 / V49 (dual halogen headlights)”, page 129
⇒ “1.9.2 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
V48 / V49 , LED headlights without cornering light”, page 130
⇒ “1.9.3 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
V48 / V49 , LED headlights with cornering light”, page 132

1.9.1 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49- (dual halo‐
gen headlights)

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ If headlight range control motor cannot be removed as descri‐
bed, headlight must be removed ⇒ page 120 .

1. Headlights 129
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Pull off housing cover -2- from headlight.

– Turn height adjustment screws -2- at top of headlight to stop

in direction of arrow -B-.
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -1-.
♦ For left headlight, turn opposite direction of arrow -A- and
♦ For right headlight, turn in direction of arrow -A-.
– Swing left headlight range control motor - V48- -3- towards left
so that the ball head is pushed towards right out of ball head
mounting in headlight.
– Pull left headlight range control motor - V48- -1- in direction of
arrow -C- out of headlight until the connector is accessible.
– Release and separate electrical connector.
– Remove left headlight range control motor - V48- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Pull reflector on ball head mounting towards rear.

– Attach ball head on left headlight range control motor - V48-
in ball head mounting in headlight.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1.9.2 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49- , LED head‐
lights without cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required

130 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on the headlight range control motor must be performed

only at designated ESD workplaces.

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Turn height adjustment screws at top of headlight to stop in
clockwise direction (towards right).

– Unscrew bolts -4-.

– Remove housing cover -3- from headlight.

1. Headlights 131
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Remove height adjuster element -2- upwards.
– Pull adjuster shaft located below height adjuster element up‐
wards out of headlight.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -4-.
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -3-.
♦ For left headlight, turn in -direction of arrow-, and
♦ for right headlight, turn in opposite direction of -arrow-.
– Swing left headlight range control motor - V48- -3- towards left
so that the ball head is pushed towards right out of ball head
mounting in headlight.
– Pull left headlight range control motor - V48- -3- towards rear
out of headlight.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Pull reflector on ball head mounting towards rear.

– Attach ball head on left headlight range control motor - V48-
in ball head mounting in headlight.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - LED headlights without corner‐
ing light”, page 115

1.9.3 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49- , LED head‐
lights with cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

132 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on the headlight range control motor must be performed

only at designated ESD workplaces.

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Turn height adjustment screws at top of headlight to stop in
clockwise direction (towards right).

– Pull off housing cover -3- from headlight.

– Use a hammer to carefully release housing cover -1- along

predetermined break line -2-.
– Remove housing cover -1- from headlight.

1. Headlights 133
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Remove height adjuster element -2- upwards.
– Pull adjuster shaft located below height adjuster element up‐
wards out of headlight.
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -3-.
♦ For left headlight, turn in -direction of arrow-, and
♦ for right headlight, turn in opposite direction of -arrow-.
– Swing left headlight range control motor - V48- -3- towards
bottom left so that the ball head is pushed towards top right
out of ball head mounting in headlight.
– Pull left headlight range control motor - V48- -3- towards rear
out of headlight until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -4-.
– Remove left headlight range control motor - V48- -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Pull reflector on ball head mounting towards rear.

– Attach ball head on left headlight range control motor - V48-
in ball head mounting in headlight.

– Position new housing cover -1- onto headlight.

– Screw in bolts -2-, and tighten them.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

134 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam

bulb
⇒ “1.10.1 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb
(dual halogen headlights)”, page 135
⇒ “1.10.2 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb,
LED headlights without cornering light”, page 136
⇒ “1.10.3 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb,
LED headlights with cornering light”, page 136

1.10.1 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

ped beam bulb (dual halogen head‐
lights)

Note

♦ Left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- and right headlight

dipped beam bulb - M31- are only fitted on dual halogen head‐
lights.
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.

Removing
– Open service flap in wheel housing liner.
– Pull off housing cover -1- from headlight.

– Grasp connector -1-, and press it upwards together with head‐

light dipped beam bulb -2- until headlight dipped beam bulb
-2- is released.
– Pull headlight dipped beam bulb -2- together with connector
towards rear and out of headlight -1-.

1. Headlights 135
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull headlight dipped beam bulb -2- in a straight line out of

connector -1-
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1.10.2 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

ped beam bulb, LED headlights without
cornering light

Note

The headlight dipped beam bulbs are integrated in the headlight

as LED modules. These LED modules cannot be renewed. The
headlight can be renewed only as a complete unit.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.10.3 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

ped beam bulb, LED headlights with cor‐
nering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

136 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on the LED module must be performed only at an ESD

workplace.

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .

– Unscrew bolts -1-.

– Remove housing for horizontal headlight setting -2- with ex‐
tension from headlight housing.
– Use a hammer to carefully release housing cover -3- along
predetermined break line -4-.
– Remove housing cover -3- from headlight.

1. Headlights 137
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

It is recommended to make sketches or take photographs of how

the wires for the LED module are routed -4-. This guarantees that
everything is re-installed in its original position.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Guide LED module for dipped beam/entry light in exterior mir‐
ror -1- towards rear out of headlight until connector -3- is
accessible.
– Release and unplug electrical connector -3-.
– Guide out wires -4- from between cooling fins and swing them
to one side.
– Guide LED module for dipped beam/entry light in exterior mir‐
ror -1- further towards rear out of headlight, and remove it.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Make sure the LED module is properly positioned in installa‐
tion position.
– Route wires for LED module in their original positions.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Position new housing cover -4- onto headlight.

– Screw in bolts -3-, and tighten them.
– Fit housing for horizontal headlight setting -2- with extension
on headlight housing.
– Screw in bolts -1-, and tighten them.
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116
Component Specified torque
Housing for horizontal head‐ 1.6 Nm
light setting to headlight hous‐
ing

138 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.11 Removing and installing headlight main

beam bulb -M30- / -M32-
⇒ “1.11.1 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb
M30 / M32 (dual halogen headlights)”, page 139
⇒ “1.11.2 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb
M30 / M32 , LED headlights without cornering light”, page 140
⇒ “1.11.3 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb
M30 / M32 , LED headlights with cornering light”, page 140

1.11.1 Removing and installing headlight main

beam bulb -M30- / -M32- (dual halogen
headlights)

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Pull off housing cover -5- from headlight.

1. Headlights 139
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Turn headlight main beam bulb -1- in -direction of arrow-, and

pull it out of mounting -2- on reflector.
– Release and disconnect connector on headlight main beam
bulb -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1.11.2 Removing and installing headlight main

beam bulb -M30- / -M32- , LED head‐
lights without cornering light

Note

The headlight main beam bulbs are integrated in the headlight as

LED modules. These LED modules cannot be renewed. The
headlight can be renewed only as a complete unit.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.11.3 Removing and installing headlight main

beam bulb -M30- / -M32- , LED head‐
lights with cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

140 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Test cable - VAS 621 003-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on LED modules should be performed only at designated

ESD workplaces.

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Use a hammer to carefully release housing cover -1- along
predetermined break line -2-.
– Remove housing cover -1- from headlight.

1. Headlights 141
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

Note

♦ Swing the LED module on the radiator towards right to ease

access to bolt -1-.
♦ On the right headlight, the bolt -1- can be accessed via the
opening for the headlight range control motor. For this, pull off
housing cover on headlight range control motor, and release
headlight range control motor by turning it towards left.

Caution

Do not damage the ribbon cable -2-.

– Release and disconnect connector -3- on bracket with ribbon

cable -2-.

– Push bracket -1- with tab -2- into guide on LED module -3-
(holding position for ribbon cable).
– Unscrew bolts -4-.
– Pull LED module -3- towards rear out of headlight. Observe
ribbon cable while doing this.
– If the LED module is renewed, the headlight fan must be re‐
moved from the old unit and installed to the new one
⇒ page 151 .
Installing
• If a new LED module is installed, the headlight fan must have
been removed from the old unit and installed to the new one
⇒ page 151 .
• Bracket with ribbon cable is in holding position ⇒ page 142 .

Caution

Do not damage the ribbon cable.

142 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert LED module -3- in headlight, and fit it in installation po‐

sition. Observe ribbon cable while doing this.
– Screw in and tighten bolts -4-.
– Pull bracket -1- with ribbon cable towards rear out of guide on
LED module -3-.

– Connect connector -3- on bracket with ribbon cable -2-.

– Fit bracket with ribbon cable -2- in installation position.
– Screw in and tighten bolt -1-.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Position new housing cover -1- onto headlight.

– Screw in bolts -2-, and tighten them.

– Pull off housing cover -3- from headlight.

– Position headlight in horizontal position at a distance of either
5 m or 10 m in front of a wall.
– Connect connector for headlight in vehicle and connector on
removed headlight using test cable - VAS 621 003- .
– Switch on light via rotary light switch - EX1- .

1. Headlights 143
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Turn bolt -1- to stop in -direction of arrow-.

– Turn bolt -1- slowly in direction of arrow -A- to perform fine

adjustment.
This will cause the brighter area -3- in the lower area to slowly
move upwards -arrow B-.
– Continue to slowly turn bolt -1- in direction of arrow -A- until
dimension -a- between the upper edge of the brighter area
-3- and the upper edge of the darker area -2- has been at‐
tained.
Distance between headlight Dimension -a- between upper
and wall edge of brighter area -3- and
upper edge of darker area -2-
5m Dimension -a- = 10.5 mm
10 m Dimension -a- = 0 mm (upper
edge of brighter area -3- and
upper edge of darker area -2-
line up with each other, the
darker area must remain visible
on the right from the inflexion
point)

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Install housing cover -3- for headlight range control motor to

headlight.
– Install headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

144 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.12 Removing and installing side light bulb -

M1- / -M3-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Pull off housing cover -4- from headlight.

– Pull grip with side light bulb -1- out of reflector -2-.

– Pull left side light bulb - M1- -2- out of bulb holder -1- -arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work

1. Headlights 145
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.13 Removing and installing daytime run‐

ning light bulb -L174- / -L175-
⇒ “1.13.1 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb
L174 / L175 , apart from GTE ”, page 146
⇒ “1.13.2 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb
L174 / L175 , only GTE ”, page 147

1.13.1 Removing and installing daytime run‐

ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , apart
from “GTE”

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove fog light ⇒ page 161 .
– Turn bulb holder with daytime running light bulb -1- in direction
of arrow -A-, and pull it out of fog light housing.

– Pull out daytime running light bulb -2- in direction of -arrow-

from bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

146 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.13.2 Removing and installing daytime run‐

ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , only
“GTE”
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Turn steering wheel as far as possible in clockwise direction.
– Remove front part of wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Assembly
overview – front wheel housing liner .

1. Headlights 147
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Carefully pull out left daytime running light bulb - L174- -1-
backwards out of left LED module for daytime running light and
side light - L176- until electrical connector is accessible.
– Release and separate electrical connector on left daytime run‐
ning light bulb - L174- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between left daytime running light bulb - L174- and
left LED module for daytime running light and side light - L176-
for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ When installing left daytime running light bulb - L174- ,
ensure that the seal is seated correctly. Water ingress in
the left LED module for daytime running light and side light
- L176- will cause it to be irreparably damaged.

– Perform functional check.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.5 Assembly overview - daytime running lights”,
page 120

1.14 Removing and installing LED modules

for daytime running light and side light -
L176- / -L177-
⇒ “1.14.1 Removing and installing LED modules for daytime run‐
ning light and side light L176 / L177 (does not apply for GTE)”,
page 148
⇒ “1.14.2 Removing and installing LED modules for daytime run‐
ning light and side light L176 / L177 (GTE only)”, page 148

1.14.1 Removing and installing LED modules

for daytime running light and side light -
L176- / -L177- (does not apply for
“GTE”)

Note

The daytime running light and side lights (LEDs) are integrated in
the headlight. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The headlight can
be renewed only as a complete unit.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.14.2 Removing and installing LED modules

for daytime running light and side light -
L176- / -L177- (“GTE” only)
Special tools and workshop equipment required

148 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
– Remove front part of wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Assembly
overview – front wheel housing liner .
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Remove water hose -4- from left LED module for daytime run‐
ning light and side light - L176- -1-.
– Unscrew bolts -3-.
– Remove left LED module for daytime running light and side
light - L176- -1- towards rear.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert left LED module for daytime running light and side light
- L176- -1- into the aperture for the front bumper cover with the
two points leading.
– Perform functional check.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.5 Assembly overview - daytime running lights”,
page 120

1. Headlights 149
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.15 Removing and installing bulbs for cor‐

nering light -L148- / -L149-
⇒ “1.15.1 Removing and installing cornering light bulb L148 /
L149 , apart from LED headlight with cornering light”, page 150
⇒ “1.15.2 Removing and installing cornering light bulb L148 /
L149 , only LED headlight with cornering light”, page 150

1.15.1 Removing and installing cornering light

bulb -L148- / -L149- , apart from LED
headlight with cornering light

Note

The static cornering light bulb -L148- / -L149- and the fog light
bulb -L22- / -L23- form one unit.

– Removing and installing fog light bulb -L22- / -L23-

⇒ page 163 .

1.15.2 Removing and installing cornering light

bulb -L148- / -L149- , only LED headlight
with cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on the bulbs for cornering light -L148- / -L149- must be

performed only at designated ESD workplaces.

150 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Guide left cornering light bulb - L148- -1- out of headlight
housing until connector becomes accessible.
– Release and disconnect connector on left cornering light bulb
- L148- .
– Remove left cornering light bulb - L148- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between left cornering light bulb - L148- and head‐
light housing for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the left cornering light bulb - L148- is correctly
seated when installing. The ingress of water will cause
permanent damage to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

1.16 Removing and installing headlight fan -

V407- / -V408-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

1. Headlights 151
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Caution

Work on the headlight fan -V407- / -V408- must be performed

only at designated ESD workplaces.

Structure of ESD workplace - VAS 6613-

1- Connector adapter for earthing module
2- Earthing module
3- ESD table mat
4- Wrist strap

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Use a hammer to carefully release housing cover -1- along
predetermined break line -2-.
– Remove housing cover -1- from headlight.

152 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Move clear wires for left headlight fan - V407- -4-.
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Remove bracket -3- with left headlight fan - V407- -4- from left
headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- .

Note

The bracket -3- cannot be separated from left headlight fan -

V407- -4-.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
age to the headlight.

– Position new housing cover -1- onto headlight.

– Screw in bolts -2-, and tighten them.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

1.17 Removing and installing output module

for headlight -J667- / -J668-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

1. Headlights 153
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Unscrew bolts -3-.
– Pull output module for left headlight - J667- -4- off headlight
housing until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector on output module
for left headlight - J667- -4-.
– Detach output module for left headlight - J667- -4-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between output module for left headlight - J667-
and headlight housing for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure that the output module for left headlight - J667-
seal is correctly seated when installing. The ingress of
water will cause permanent damage to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

1.18 Removing and installing control unit for

daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861-
⇒ “1.18.1 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running
light and side light J860 / J861 , LED headlights without cornering
light”, page 154
⇒ “1.18.2 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running
light and side light J860 / J861 , LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 156

1.18.1 Removing and installing control unit for

daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861- , LED headlights without
cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required

154 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Unscrew bolts -1-.
– Pull control unit for left daytime running light and side light -
J860- -2- off headlight housing until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect connector on control unit for left day‐
time running light and side light - J860- -2-.
– Remove control unit for left daytime running light and side light
- J860- -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between control unit for left daytime running light
and side light - J860- and headlight housing for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure that the seal is correctly seated when installing
the control unit for control unit for left daytime running light
and side light - J860- . The ingress of water will cause
permanent damage to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - LED headlights without corner‐
ing light”, page 115

1. Headlights 155
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.18.2 Removing and installing control unit for

daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861- , LED headlights with cor‐
nering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .

156 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Pull control unit for left daytime running light and side light -
J860- -1- off headlight housing until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect connector on control unit for left day‐
time running light and side light - J860- -1-.
– Remove control unit for left daytime running light and side light
- J860- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between control unit for left daytime running light
and side light - J860- and headlight housing for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure that the seal is correctly seated when installing
the control unit for control unit for left daytime running light
and side light - J860- . The ingress of water will cause
permanent damage to the headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

1.19 Removing and installing output module

1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31-
⇒ “1.19.1 Removing and installing output module 1 for LED head‐
light A27 / A31 , LED headlights without cornering light”,
page 157
⇒ “1.19.2 Removing and installing output module 1 for LED head‐
light A27 / A31 , LED headlights with cornering light”, page 158

1.19.1 Removing and installing output module

1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31- , LED
headlights without cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

1. Headlights 157
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Unscrew bolts -1-.
– Pull output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- -2- off head‐
light housing until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect connector on output module 1 for left
LED headlight - A31- -2-.
– Remove output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Make sure the seal is correctly seated when installing the out‐
put module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- . The ingress of water
will cause permanent damage to the headlight.

– Check seal between output module 1 for left LED headlight -

A31- and headlight for damage.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - LED headlights without corner‐
ing light”, page 115

1.19.2 Removing and installing output module

1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31- , LED
headlights with cornering light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

158 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 120 .
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Pull output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- -1- off head‐
light housing until connector is accessible.
– Release and disconnect connector on output module 1 for left
LED headlight - A31- -1-.
– Remove output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check seal between output module 1 for left LED headlight -
A31- and headlight housing for damage.

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Make sure that the seal is correctly seated when installing
the output module 1 for left LED headlight - A31- . The
ingress of water will cause permanent damage to the
headlight.

– Perform functional check.

– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - LED headlights with cornering
light”, page 116

1.20 Removing and installing control motor

sender for VARILIS headlight -G695- / -
G696-

Note

♦ The control motor sender for left VARILIS headlight - G695-

and control motor sender for right VARILIS headlight - G696-
are only fitted on LED headlights with cornering light.
♦ The control motor sender for VARILIS headlight is located in
the headlight housing and cannot be renewed separately in
the event of a fault.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1. Headlights 159
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.21 Removing and installing control motor

for VARILIS headlight -V446- / -V447-

Note

♦ The control motor for left VARILIS headlight - V446- and con‐
trol motor for right VARILIS headlight - V447- are only fitted on
LED headlights with cornering light.
♦ The control motor for VARILIS headlight is located in the head‐
light housing and cannot be renewed separately in the event
of a fault.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.22 Removing and installing swivel module

position sensor -G474- / -G475-

Note

♦ The left swivel module position sensor - G474- and right swivel
module position sensor - G475- are only fitted on LED head‐
lights with cornering light.
♦ The swivel module position sensor is located in the headlight
housing and cannot be renewed separately in the event of a
fault.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

1.23 Removing and installing dynamic cor‐

nering light control motor -V318- / -
V319-

Note

♦ The left dynamic cornering light control motor - V318- and right
dynamic cornering light control motor - V319- are only fitted
on LED headlights with cornering light.
♦ The dynamic cornering light control motor is located in the
headlight housing and cannot be renewed separately in the
event of a fault.

– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 120 .

160 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Fog lights
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights”, page 161
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing fog light”, page 161
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 ”,
page 163

2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights

1 - Fog lights
❑ Different versions ⇒
Electronic parts cata‐
logue
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 161
2 - Cover
3 - Holder with fog light bulb
and cornering light bulb
❑ Left fog light bulb - L22-
and light cornering light
bulb - L148-
❑ Right fog light bulb -
L23- and right cornering
light bulb - L149-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 163
4 - Bulb holder with bulb for
daytime running light
❑ Left daytime running
light bulb - L174-
❑ Right daytime running
light bulb - L175-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 146
5 - Front bumper cover
❑ ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ;
Front bumper; Assem‐
bly overview - bumper
cover
6 - Fog light trim
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper .
7 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 1.5 Nm

2.2 Removing and installing fog light

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Fog lights 161

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ Removal and installation are described for a fog light with day‐
time running light. The removal and installation of fog light
without daytime running light are carried out in the same way.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Turn light switch to “0” position.
– Remove fog light trim ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 ; Front bumper .
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Pull fog light -1- in -direction of arrow- out of bumper cover.

– Release and disconnect connectors -arrows-.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Perform functional check.
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights”, page 161

162 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb -

L22- / -L23-

Note

♦ The fog light bulb -L22- / -L23- also fulfils the function of static
cornering light bulb -L148- / -L149- .
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.

Removing
– Remove fog light ⇒ page 161 .
– Turn left fog light bulb - L22- -2- in direction of arrow -B-, and
pull it out of fog light housing.
– Pull cap ( ⇒ Item 2 (page 161) ) off left fog light bulb - L22-
-2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
♦ Make sure cover cap is correctly seated when installing.
The ingress of water will cause permanent damage to the
headlight.

• Cap ( ⇒ Item 2 (page 161) ) fitted onto left fog light bulb - L22- .
– Perform functional check.
– Check fog light settings and adjust fog lights if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 39.1 ; Descriptions of work .

2. Fog lights 163

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Lights in exterior mirror

⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror”, page 164
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing turn signal”, page 165
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing entry light in exterior mirror”, page
167

3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror

1 - Mirror mounting
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Exterior mirror; Remov‐
ing and installing exteri‐
or mirror .
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
3 - Seal
❑ Between mirror mount‐
ing and cover
4 - Cover
5 - Seal
❑ Between cover and out‐
er door panel
6 - Grommet
7 - Connector
8 - Mirror glass
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Exterior mirror; Remov‐
ing and installing mirror
glass .
9 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
10 - Mirror frame
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and installing mirror trim .
11 - Adjuster unit
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and
installing mirror adjustment unit .
12 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
13 - Entry light in exterior mirror
❑ Driver side entry light in exterior mirror - W52-
❑ Front passenger side entry light in exterior mirror - W53-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 167

164 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

14 - Turn signal
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 165
15 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 1 Nm
16 - Mirror cover
❑ Material: ABS
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and
installing mirror cover .

3.2 Removing and installing turn signal

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ If the event of a defective LED, the turn signal repeater needs
to be renewed.

Removing

3. Lights in exterior mirror 165

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove mirror cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.

gr. 66 ; Exterior mirrors; Removing and installing mirror cover .
– Disconnect electrical connector -4-.
– Unscrew bolts -3-.
– Remove turn signal -2- upwards from mirror mounting -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Perform functional check.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror”,
page 164

166 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3.3 Removing and installing entry light in ex‐

terior mirror

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ If the event of a defective LED, the entry light in exterior mirror
needs to be renewed.

Removing
– Removing and installing mirror frame ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and installing
mirror trim .
– Lift driver side entry light in exterior mirror - W52- -1- in direc‐
tion of arrow -A-.
– Pull driver side entry light in exterior mirror - W52- in direction
of arrow -B- out of mirror housing -1-.
– Press locking mechanism -3- in direction of arrow -C-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Perform functional check.

3. Lights in exterior mirror 167

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4 Tail lights
⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body”, page 168
⇒ “4.2 Assembly overview - tail lights in rear lid”, page 170
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing tail light in rear lid”, page 170
⇒ “4.4 Adjusting installation position of tail light”, page 172
⇒ “4.5 Removing and installing tail light cluster”, page 172
⇒ “4.6 Removing and installing tail light bulb M2 / M4 ”,
page 173
⇒ “4.7 Removing and installing rear fog light bulb L46 / L47 ”, page
173
⇒ “4.8 Removing and installing brake and tail light bulb M21 / M22
”, page 173
⇒ “4.9 Removing and installing reversing light bulb”, page 174
⇒ “4.10 Removing and installing turn signal bulb”, page 174

4.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body

Note

The illustration shows only the Saloon. The assembly overview for the Estate is analogous.

168 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Tail light
❑ Left tail light - MX3-
❑ Right tail light - MX4-
❑ Tail light in body
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 172
2 - Seal
3 - Fastener
❑ Specified torque: 2 Nm

4. Tail lights 169

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.2 Assembly overview - tail lights in rear lid

Note

The illustration shows only the Saloon. The assembly overview for the Estate is analogous.

1 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 3 Nm
2 - Seal
❑ Renew if damaged
3 - Tail light
❑ Left tail light 2 - MX5-
❑ Right tail light 2 - MX6-
❑ Tail light in rear lid
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 170

4.3 Removing and installing tail light in rear

lid

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for the
Estate. Removal and installation for the Saloon are carried out
in the same way.

170 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Turn light switch to “0” position.

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When using leverage tools, mask visible areas of the com‐
ponent with commercially available adhesive tape.

– If necessary, insert narrow screwdriver into side opening -1-.

– Press off cover -2- in direction of arrow -A-.

– Unscrew nuts -1-.

– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Remove left tail light cluster 2 - MX5- -3- outwards.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ Ensure that the gap between vehicle body and tail light hous‐
ing is properly sealed by the seal.
♦ Make sure that the connector is engaged firmly.

– Swing left tail light 2 - MX5- from the outside into rear lid open‐
ing.
– Align it properly to make contact at top and centre.
– Screw on nuts first at top and then at bottom of left tail light 2
- MX5- and tighten them.
– Perform functional check.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.2 Assembly overview - tail lights in rear lid”, page 170

4. Tail lights 171

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.4 Adjusting installation position of tail light

Note

♦ Installation position can only be corrected on tail light cluster

on body.
♦ The procedure for adjusting the installation position is descri‐
bed for the left side. The procedure on the right side is analo‐
gous.
♦ The procedure for adjusting the installation position is descri‐
bed for the Estate. The procedure for the Saloon is analogous.

– Turn light switch to “0” position.

– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
– Loosen securing element -1- by two turns.
– Insert screwdriver T10 bit into trim openings -2-.

Note

Ensure that the tail light -3- lies flush against the surrounding
components.

– Adjust installation position of tail light by screwing adjuster el‐

ements in or out.
– Tighten securing element -1-.
– Install service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body”, page 168

4.5 Removing and installing tail light cluster

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for the
Estate. Removal and installation for the Saloon are carried out
in the same way.

Removing
– Turn light switch to “0” position.
– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.

172 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew securing element -1-.

– Disconnect electrical connector.
– Remove tail light cluster -2- in direction of arrow -A-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Perform functional check.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body”, page 168

4.6 Removing and installing tail light bulb -

M2- / -M4-

Note

The tail light cluster bulbs are LEDs and are integrated in the tail
light clusters. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The entire tail light
cluster must be renewed.

– Removing and installing tail light -MX3- / -MX4- ⇒ page 172 .

– Removing and installing tail light cluster in rear lid -MX5- / -
MX6- ⇒ page 170 .

4.7 Removing and installing rear fog light

bulb -L46- / -L47-

Note

The rear fog light bulbs are LEDs and are integrated in the tail
light clusters. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The entire tail light
cluster must be renewed.

– Removing and installing tail light cluster in rear lid -MX5- / -

MX6- ⇒ page 170 .

4.8 Removing and installing brake and tail

light bulb -M21- / -M22-

Note

The brake and tail light cluster bulbs are LEDs and are integrated
in the tail light clusters. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The en‐
tire tail light cluster must be renewed.

– Removing and installing tail light -MX3- / -MX4- ⇒ page 172 .

– Removing and installing tail light cluster in rear lid -MX5- / -
MX6- ⇒ page 170 .

4. Tail lights 173

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.9 Removing and installing reversing light

bulb

Note

The reversing light bulbs are LEDs and are integrated in the tail
light clusters. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The entire tail light
cluster must be renewed.

– Removing and installing tail light cluster in rear lid -MX5- / -

MX6- ⇒ page 170 .

4.10 Removing and installing turn signal bulb

Note

The turn signal bulbs are LEDs and are integrated in the tail light
clusters. These LEDs cannot be renewed. The entire tail light
cluster must be renewed.

– Removing and installing tail light -MX3- / -MX4- ⇒ page 172 .

174 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5 High-level brake light

⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light”, page 175
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 176

5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake

light
⇒ “5.1.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light, Saloon”, page
175
⇒ “5.1.2 Assembly overview - high-level brake light, Estate”, page
176

5.1.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light, Saloon

1 - Connector for brake light

2 - Support
❑ On rear window
❑ Cannot be renewed in‐
dividually
3 - High-level brake light
❑ With high-level brake
light bulb - M25-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 176

5. High-level brake light 175

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5.1.2 Assembly overview - high-level brake light, Estate

1 - Connector for brake light

2 - Connection for washer fluid
hose
3 - High-level brake light
❑ With high-level brake
light bulb - M25-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 177

5.2 Removing and installing high-level

brake light
⇒ “5.2.1 Removing and installing high-level brake light, Saloon”,
page 176
⇒ “5.2.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light, Estate”,
page 177

5.2.1 Removing and installing high-level

brake light, Saloon
Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

176 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Push high-level brake light -2- towards rear out of mountings

-1- -arrows-.

Note

Carefully grasp under the moulded headliner to push the high-

level brake light -2- out of the mountings -1-. While doing this,
make sure not to damage the moulded headliner.

– Release and disconnect connector -3- on high-level brake light

-2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

If the event of a defective LED, the entire high-level brake light

needs to be renewed.

– Perform functional check.

5.2.2 Removing and installing high-level

brake light, Estate
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Plastic wedge - T10039/1-

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When using leverage tools, mask visible areas of the com‐
ponent with commercially available adhesive tape.

Passat Variant R Line only

– Remove trim from roof spoiler ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Spoiler; Removing and installing spoiler .

5. High-level brake light 177

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Continuation for all vehicles

– Attach a strip of adhesive tape -1- to the area of the rear lid
above the high-level brake light.

Caution

Make sure the seal is not damaged when removing the high-
level brake light.

– Insert wedge - T10039/1- -1- at top between high-level brake

light -2- and rear lid.
– Press high-level brake light -2- down using plastic wedge -
T10039/1- .
– Swing high-level brake light -2- out of rear lid.

– Pull out hose-locking device -arrow-.

– Pull hose connection -1- off high-level brake light.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Remove high-level brake light.
Installing

Note

♦ If the event of a defective LED, the entire high-level brake light

needs to be renewed.
♦ When installing high-level brake light, make sure seal is cor‐
rectly seated. The seal must not form loops or be damaged.
♦ When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the secur‐
ing clip engages audibly in the connection.

– Connect hose connection and connectors.

– Press high-level brake light into rear lid.
– Engage locking devices at top.
– Engage retaining springs at bottom.
– Check high-level brake light and rear window washer system
for fault-free function.

178 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6 Number plate light

⇒ “6.1 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 ”, page
179
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing bulb for number plate ligt X4 / X5
”, page 180

6.1 Removing and installing number plate

light - X4- / -X5-
⇒ “6.1.1 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 , Sa‐
loon”, page 179
⇒ “6.1.2 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 , Es‐
tate”, page 180

6.1.1 Removing and installing number plate

light - X4- / -X5- , Saloon

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ Since the number plate lights are equipped with LEDs, the
entire number plate light must be renewed in the event of a
fault.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Press retaining lug -1- in -direction of arrow-, and remove
number plate light - X4- downwards from bumper cover.

– Release and disconnect connector -arrow-.

– Remove left number plate light - X4- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Insert number plate light - X4- into bumper cover so that the con‐
nector faces towards the left side of the vehicle.

– Perform functional check.

6. Number plate light 179

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6.1.2 Removing and installing number plate

light - X4- / -X5- , Estate

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.
♦ Since the number plate lights are equipped with LEDs, the
entire number plate light must be renewed in the event of a
fault.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Using a suitable tool, push left number plate light - X4- -1- in
direction of arrow -A-.
– Swing left number plate light - X4- -1- in direction of arrow
-B- out of rear lid.

– Release connector -1- and disconnect.

– Remove left number plate light - X4- -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Insert number plate light into rear lid so that retaining clip points
to right-hand side of vehicle.

– Perform functional check.

6.2 Removing and installing bulb for number

plate ligt - X4- / -X5-
Since the number plate lights are equipped with LEDs, the entire
number plate light must be renewed in the event of a fault.
Removing and installing number plate light - X4- / -X5- , Saloon
⇒ page 179 .
Removing and installing number plate light - X4- / -X5- , Estate
⇒ page 180 .

180 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7 Entry and start authorisation system

⇒ “7.1 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation
system”, page 181
⇒ “7.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless entry system”, page
184
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing interface for entry and start system
J965 ”, page 187
⇒ “7.4 Removing and installing door exterior handle contact sen‐
sor G415 / G416 ”, page 188
⇒ “7.5 Removing and installing contact sensor for rear exterior
door handle G417 / G418 ”, page 188
⇒ “7.6 Removing and installing interior aerial 1 for entry and start
system R138 ”, page 188
⇒ “7.7 Removing and installing interior aerial 2 for entry and start
system R139 ”, page 189
⇒ “7.8 Removing and installing driver side aerial for entry and start
system R134 ”, page 190
⇒ “7.9 Removing and installing front passenger side aerial for en‐
try and start system R135 ”, page 190
⇒ “7.11 Removing and installing luggage compartment aerial for
entry and start system R137 ”, page 191
⇒ “7.10 Removing and installing rear bumper aerial for entry and
start system R136 ”, page 190
⇒ “7.12 Removing and installing rear entry and start authorisation
aerial R165 / R166 ”, page 191
⇒ “7.13 Removing and installing rear lid power opening control
unit J938 ”, page 192
⇒ “7.14 Removing and installing rear lid power opening sender
G750 / G760 ”, page 192

7.1 Overview of fitting locations - entry and

start authorisation system
⇒ “7.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation
system, LHD vehicles”, page 181
⇒ “7.1.2 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation
system, RHD vehicles”, page 183

7.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation system, LHD ve‐
hicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

7. Entry and start authorisation system 181

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Immobiliser reader coil - D2-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 207
2 - Starter button - E378-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 278
3 - Control unit for electronic
steering column lock - J764-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 48 ;
Steering column; As‐
sembly overview - steer‐
ing column .
4 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ With central locking and
anti-theft alarm system
aerial - R47-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 318
5 - Interface for entry and start
system - J965-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 187

182 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.1.2 Overview of fitting locations - entry and start authorisation system, RHD
vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Immobiliser reader coil - D2-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 207
2 - Control unit for electronic
steering column lock - J764-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 48 ;
Steering column; As‐
sembly overview - steer‐
ing column .
3 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ With central locking and
anti-theft alarm system
aerial - R47-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 318
4 - Interface for entry and start
system - J965-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 187
5 - Starter button - E378-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 278

7. Entry and start authorisation system 183

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless

entry system
⇒ “7.2.1 Overview of fitting locations - front keyless entry system,
LHD vehicles”, page 184
⇒ “7.2.2 Overview of fitting locations - front keyless entry system,
RHD vehicles”, page 185
⇒ “7.2.3 Overview of fitting locations - rear keyless entry system”,
page 186

7.2.1 Overview of fitting locations - front keyless entry system, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Front passenger side door

exterior handle
❑ With front passenger
door exterior handle
contact sensor - G416-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
❑ With passenger side
aerial for entry and start
system - R135-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 190
2 - Interior aerial 1 for entry and
start authorisation - R138-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
3 - Driver side door exterior
handle
❑ With driver exterior door
handle contact sensor -
G415-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
❑ With driver side aerial
for entry and start sys‐
tem - R134-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 190
4 - Interface for entry and start
system - J965-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 187

184 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.2.2 Overview of fitting locations - front keyless entry system, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Front passenger side door

exterior handle
❑ With front passenger
door exterior handle
contact sensor - G416-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
❑ With passenger side
aerial for entry and start
system - R135-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 190
2 - Interface for entry and start
system - J965-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 187
3 - Interior aerial 1 for entry and
start authorisation - R138-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
4 - Driver side door exterior
handle
❑ With driver exterior door
handle contact sensor -
G415-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
❑ With driver side aerial
for entry and start sys‐
tem - R134-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 190

7. Entry and start authorisation system 185

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.2.3 Overview of fitting locations - rear keyless entry system

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Luggage compartment aer‐

ial for entry and start system -
R137-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 191
2 - Rear lid power opening con‐
trol unit - J938-
❑ With rear lid power
opening sender - G750-
and rear lid power open‐
ing sender 2 - G760-
❑ The rear lid power open‐
ing control unit - J938-
and rear lid power open‐
ing senders - G750- / -
G760- must be renewed
together
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 192
3 - Rear bumper aerial for entry
and start system - R136-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 190
4 - Rear exterior door handle
❑ With contact sensor for
rear left exterior door
handle - G417- / contact
sensor for rear right ex‐
terior door handle -
G418-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 188
❑ With rear left aerial for
entry and start authori‐
sation - R165- / rear
right aerial for entry and
start authorisation - R166-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 191
5 - Interior aerial 2 for entry and start authorisation - R139-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 189

186 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.3 Removing and installing interface for en‐

try and start system - J965-

Note

♦ When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the
respective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐

hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

Removing
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .
– Remove knee airbag with igniter ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
terior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee
airbag .
– Press bracket -2- of interface for entry and start authorisation
system - J965- -1- at top in direction of arrow -A-.
– Remove interface for entry and start authorisation system -
J965- -1- from bracket -2- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.

– Press locking detent -1- to disconnect connector.

– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.

7. Entry and start authorisation system 187

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lever out catch -1- in -direction of arrow A-, using a narrow

screwdriver if necessary.
– Remove bracket -2- from support -3- in direction of arrow -B-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Ensure that bracket for interface for entry and start authorisa‐
tion system - J965- engages audibly.
– Ensure that interface for entry and start authorisation system
- J965- engages audibly in bracket.

7.4 Removing and installing door exterior

handle contact sensor -G415- / -G416-

Note

The driver door exterior handle touch sensor - G415- or front pas‐
senger door exterior handle touch sensor - G416- is integrated in
the respective exterior door handle and cannot be renewed indi‐
vidually if defective.

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

7.5 Removing and installing contact sensor

for rear exterior door handle -G417- / -
G418-

Note

The contact sensor for rear left door exterior handle - G417- or
contact sensor for rear right exterior door handle - G418- is inte‐
grated in the respective exterior door handle at rear and cannot
be renewed individually in the event of a fault.

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 58 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

7.6 Removing and installing interior aerial 1

for entry and start system - R138-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Release lever - 80 - 200-

188 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove centre console ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing centre con‐
sole .
– Remove air duct vent at rear of centre console ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air duct; Assembly overview - air
duct and air distribution in passenger compartment .
– Lever aerial -1- off bracket -3- using removal lever - 80 - 200- .
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.7 Removing and installing interior aerial 2

for entry and start system - R139-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Release lever - 80 - 200-

Removing
– Remove centre console ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing centre con‐
sole .
– Remove bench seat ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
72 ; Rear seats; Removing and installing bench seat / individ‐
ual seats .
– Fold rear floor covering towards front in area of centre tunnel.

7. Entry and start authorisation system 189

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lever aerial -2- off body panel -arrow- using removal lever -
80 - 200- .
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.8 Removing and installing driver side aer‐

ial for entry and start system - R134-

Note

The driver side aerial for entry and start authorisation - R134- is
integrated in the exterior door handle and cannot be renewed
separately if defective.

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

7.9 Removing and installing front passenger

side aerial for entry and start system -
R135-

Note

The front passenger side aerial for entry and start authorisation -
R135- is integrated in the exterior door handle and cannot be
renewed separately if defective.

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

7.10 Removing and installing rear bumper

aerial for entry and start system - R136-
Removing
– Remove bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper cover .
– Lift areal -1- slightly in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull aerial -1- out of mounting -3- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

190 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.11 Removing and installing luggage com‐

partment aerial for entry and start sys‐
tem - R137-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Release lever - 80 - 200-

Removing
– Remove luggage compartment floor ⇒ Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage
compartment trims; Assembly overview – luggage compart‐
ment floor .
Only for Estate
– Remove trim for cross member ⇒ Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage
compartment trims; Assembly overview - luggage compart‐
ment floor .
Continued for all vehicles
– Using removal lever - 80 - 200- , lever aerial -1- off vehicle
body in direction of arrow -A-.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.12 Removing and installing rear entry and

start authorisation aerial -R165- / -R166-

Note

The rear left aerial for entry and start authorisation - R165- or rear
right aerial for entry and start authorisation - R166- is integrated
in the respective exterior door handle at rear and cannot be re‐
newed individually in the event of a fault.

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 58 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

7. Entry and start authorisation system 191

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7.13 Removing and installing rear lid power

opening control unit - J938-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Adhesive strip remover - VAS 6349-

If the rear lid power opening control unit - J938- must be renewed,
the rear lid power opening senders - G750- / -G760- must be re‐
newed as well.
Removing
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -3-.
– Release catch on bracket -2- in -direction of arrow A-.
– Swing rear lid power opening control unit - J938- -1- in direc‐
tion of arrow -B- out of bracket -2-, and remove it.

– Cut through cable tie -1-.

– Detach double-sided adhesive tape together with rear lid pow‐
er opening sender -3- from rear bumper cover.
– Remove rear lid power opening senders -2- and -3- from rear
bumper cover.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Using adhesive strip remover - VAS 6349- , remove any resi‐
due of the double-sided adhesive tape from rear bumper
cover.

7.14 Removing and installing rear lid power

opening sender -G750- / -G760-
The rear lid power opening senders -G750- / -G760- can be re‐
newed only together with the rear lid power opening control unit
- J938- .
– Removing and installing rear lid power opening control unit -
J938- ⇒ page 192 .

192 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8 Steering column switch module

⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”, page
193
⇒ “8.2 Removing and installing steering column switch module”,
page 194
⇒ “8.3 Removing and installing steering column electronics con‐
trol unit J527 ”, page 199
⇒ “8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 ”,
page 205
⇒ “8.5 Removing and installing intermittent wiper switch E22 ”,
page 207
⇒ “8.6 Removing and installing immobiliser reader coil D2 ”, page
207
⇒ “8.7 Removing and installing base for steering column combi‐
nation switch”, page 207

8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module

1 - Starter button - E378-

❑ Fitting location overview
⇒ page 263
2 - Steering column electronics
control unit - J527-
❑ With airbag coil connec‐
tor and return ring with
slip ring - F138-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 199

Caution
Risk of damage to the re‐
turn ring.
When
♦ removed, the re‐
turn ring with slip ring
must not be turned.

3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque:
1.1 Nm
4 - Support
❑ With turn signal switch -
E2- , intermittent wiper
switch - E22-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 205
5 - Base for steering column
combination switch
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 207
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 1.1 Nm

8. Steering column switch module 193

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7 - Control unit for electronic steering column lock - J764-

❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering column; Removing and
installing control unit for electronic steering column lock - J764-
8 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ For base for steering column combination switch
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
9 - Ignition key
10 - Immobiliser reader coil - D2-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 207

8.2 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn switch module
⇒ “8.2.1 Removing and installing steering column switch module,
Kostal”, page 194
⇒ “8.2.2 Removing and installing steering column switch module,
Valeo”, page 196

8.2.1 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn switch module, Kostal
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Removing
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing lower steering column trim .

WARNING

Risk of damage to the electronic components due to electro‐

static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connector, the me‐
chanic must electrostatically discharge himself or herself
by briefly grasping hold of door striker plate or similar.

194 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -A- and press it

down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -B- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -C- and disconnect
electrical connector -3-.

8. Steering column switch module 195

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -2- on underside.

– Pull off steering column switch module -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

– Before pushing on steering column switch module, ensure the

following for steering column electronics control unit - J527-
-3-:
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align.
♦ The coil connector -2- must be visible through the window be‐
tween the “arrows” -4-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 193

8.2.2 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn switch module, Valeo
Removing
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing lower steering column trim .

WARNING

Risk of damage to the electronic components due to electro‐

static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connector, the me‐
chanic must electrostatically discharge himself or herself
by briefly grasping hold of door striker plate or similar.

196 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -A- and press it

down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -B- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -C- and disconnect
electrical connector -3-.

8. Steering column switch module 197

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press release on both sides -1- in direction of arrow -A-.

– Pull off steering column switch module -2- slightly.
– Press retaining tab -3- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Pull off steering column switch module -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Before pushing on steering column switch module, ensure the
following for steering column electronics control unit - J527-
-3-:
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align.
♦ The coil connector -2- must be visible through the window be‐
tween the “arrows” -4-.

198 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8.3 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn electronics control unit - J527-
⇒ “8.3.1 Removing and installing steering column electronics
control unit J527 , Kostal”, page 199
⇒ “8.3.2 Removing and installing steering column electronics
control unit J527 , Valeo”, page 201

8.3.1 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn electronics control unit - J527- ,
Kostal
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

♦ Airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring - J527- is
integrated in steering column electronics control unit - F138- .
♦ When renewing the control unit, select “Renew” function for
the respective control unit in “Guided fault finding” or “Guided
functions” mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Align front wheels to straight-ahead position – steering wheel
in zero position.
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing lower steering column trim .

WARNING

Risk of damage to the electronic components due to electro‐

static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connector, the me‐
chanic must electrostatically discharge himself or herself
by briefly grasping hold of door striker plate or similar.

8. Steering column switch module 199

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -A- and disconnect

electrical connector -1-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -B- and disconnect
electrical connector -2-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -C- and disconnect
electrical connector -3-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -D- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -4-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -E- and disconnect
electrical connector -5-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -F- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -6-.

200 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Release retaining tabs in direction of arrows -A- and -B-.
– Remove steering column electronics control unit - J527- -2-
from steering column combination switch - E595- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

– Before pushing on steering column electronics control unit -

J527- -3-, ensure the following:
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align.
♦ The coil connector -2- must be visible through the window be‐
tween the “arrows” -4-.
– All connectors must be engaged securely.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 193

8.3.2 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn electronics control unit - J527- ,
Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

8. Steering column switch module 201

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

♦ Airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring - J527- is
integrated in steering column electronics control unit - F138- .
♦ When renewing the control unit, select “Renew” function for
the respective control unit in “Guided fault finding” or “Guided
functions” mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Align front wheels to straight-ahead position – steering wheel
in zero position.
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing lower steering column trim .

WARNING

Risk of damage to the electronic components due to electro‐

static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connector, the me‐
chanic must electrostatically discharge himself or herself
by briefly grasping hold of door striker plate or similar.

202 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -A- and disconnect

electrical connector -1-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -B- and disconnect
electrical connector -2-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -C- and disconnect
electrical connector -3-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -D- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -4-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -E- and disconnect
electrical connector -5-.
– Pull out connector lock in direction of arrow -F- and press it
down.
– Disconnect electrical connector -6-.

8. Steering column switch module 203

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew bolts -1-.

– Remove steering column electronics control unit - J527- -2-
from steering column combination switch - E595- .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Before pushing on steering column electronics control unit -
J527- -3-, ensure the following:
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align.
♦ The coil connector -2- must be visible through the window be‐
tween the “arrows” -4-.
– All connectors must be engaged securely.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 193

204 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8.4 Removing and installing turn signal

switch - E2-
⇒ “8.4.1 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 , Kostal”,
page 205
⇒ “8.4.2 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 , Valeo”,
page 206

8.4.1 Removing and installing turn signal

switch - E2- , Kostal
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

♦ The turn signal switch - E2- , cruise control system switch -

E45- and intermittent wiper switch - E22- are combined to form
the steering column combination switch - E595- .
♦ These switches cannot be separated.
♦ If one of the switches is defective, the steering column com‐
bination switch - E595- must be renewed as a complete unit.

Removing
– Remove steering column electronics control unit - J527-
⇒ page 199 .
– Unscrew bolt -2- on underside.
– Pull off steering column combination switch - E595- -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

8. Steering column switch module 205

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8.4.2 Removing and installing turn signal

switch - E2- , Valeo

Note

♦ The turn signal switch - E2- , cruise control system switch -

E45- and intermittent wiper switch - E22- are combined to form
the steering column combination switch - E595- .
♦ These switches cannot be separated.
♦ If one of the switches is defective, the steering column com‐
bination switch - E595- must be renewed as a complete unit.

Removing
– Remove steering column electronics control unit - J527-
⇒ page 199 .

– Press release on both sides -1- in direction of arrow -A-.

– Pull off steering column combination switch - E595- -2- slightly.
– Press retaining tab -3- in direction of arrow -B-.

206 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Pull off steering column combination switch - E595- -2-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

8.5 Removing and installing intermittent

wiper switch - E22-

Note

♦ The turn signal switch - E2- , cruise control system switch -

E45- and intermittent wiper switch - E22- are combined to form
the steering column combination switch - E595- .
♦ These switches cannot be separated.
♦ If one of the switches is defective, the steering column com‐
bination switch - E595- must be renewed as a complete unit.

– Removing and installing intermittent wiper switch - E22-

⇒ “8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 ”,
page 205 .

8.6 Removing and installing immobiliser

reader coil - D2-
Removing
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
full range of the steering column adjustment for this purpose.
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing lower steering column trim .
– Pull reader coil -2- out of mounting -1- in direction of arrow
-A-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Press reader coil into mounting until it engages audibly.

8.7 Removing and installing base for steer‐

ing column combination switch
Special tools and workshop equipment required

8. Steering column switch module 207

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove steering column switch module ⇒ page 194 .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove base for steering column combination switch -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 193

208 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

9 Parking aid
⇒ “9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid”, page 209
⇒ “9.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 ”,
page 213
⇒ “9.3 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer
H22 ”, page 215
⇒ “9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer
H15 ”, page 217
⇒ “9.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders”,
page 217
⇒ “9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders”,
page 218

9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid

⇒ “9.1.1 Assembly overview - front parking aid, LHD vehicles”,
page 209
⇒ “9.1.2 Assembly overview - front parking aid, RHD vehicles”,
page 211
⇒ “9.1.3 Assembly overview - rear parking aid, Saloon”,
page 212
⇒ “9.1.4 Assembly overview - rear parking aid, Estate”,
page 213

9.1.1 Assembly overview - front parking aid, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

9. Parking aid 209

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Parking aid button - E266-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 267
2 - Front parking aid warning
buzzer - H22-
❑ Only for 8-channel park‐
ing aid
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 215
3 - Bracket
❑ For parking aid control
unit - J446- .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 328
4 - Parking aid control unit -
J446-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 213
5 - Front left parking aid sender
- G255-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
6 - Front inner left parking aid
sender - G254-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
7 - Front inner right parking aid
sender - G253-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
8 - Front right parking aid send‐
er - G252-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 217

210 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

9.1.2 Assembly overview - front parking aid, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Parking aid button - E266-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 267
2 - Front parking aid warning
buzzer - H22-
❑ Only for 8-channel park‐
ing aid
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 215
3 - Front left parking aid sender
- G255-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
4 - Front inner left parking aid
sender - G254-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
5 - Front inner right parking aid
sender - G253-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
6 - Front right parking aid send‐
er - G252-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
7 - Parking aid control unit -
J446-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 213

9. Parking aid 211

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

9.1.3 Assembly overview - rear parking aid, Saloon

1 - Electrical connector
2 - Spreader clip
3 - Rear parking aid warning
buzzer - H15-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
4 - Rear right parking aid send‐
er - G206-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
5 - Rear centre left parking aid
sender - G205-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
6 - Rear centre parking aid
sender - G204-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
7 - Rear left parking aid sender
- G203-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218

212 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

9.1.4 Assembly overview - rear parking aid, Estate

1 - Spreader clip
2 - Rear parking aid warning
buzzer - H15-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Rear right parking aid send‐
er - G206-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
5 - Rear centre left parking aid
sender - G205-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
6 - Rear centre parking aid
sender - G204-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218
7 - Rear left parking aid sender
- G203-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 218

9.2 Removing and installing parking aid

control unit - J446-
⇒ “9.2.1 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 ,
left-hand drive vehicle”, page 213
⇒ “9.2.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 ,
RHD vehicle”, page 214

9.2.1 Removing and installing parking aid

control unit - J446- , left-hand drive ve‐
hicle

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

9. Parking aid 213

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .
– Disconnect electrical connectors -1- and -2-.

– To do so, press locking detent -1-, swing retainer in

-direction of arrow- and pull off connector.

– Disengage retaining tab -arrow- and remove control unit -3-

downwards from retainer.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

9.2.2 Removing and installing parking aid

control unit - J446- , RHD vehicle

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .

214 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release and pull out spreader rivets -2-.

– Remove control unit -1- downwards.
– Disconnect electrical connectors -3- and -4-.

– To do so, press locking detent -1-, swing retainer in

-direction of arrow- and pull off connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

9.3 Removing and installing front parking

aid warning buzzer - H22-
⇒ “9.3.1 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer
H22 , LHD vehicles”, page 215
⇒ “9.3.2 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer
H22 , RHD vehicles”, page 216

9.3.1 Removing and installing front parking

aid warning buzzer - H22- , LHD vehi‐
cles
Removing
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .

9. Parking aid 215

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Using a small screwdriver -1-, press front parking aid warning

buzzer - H22- -3- out of mounting -2- -arrow-.
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- .
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

9.3.2 Removing and installing front parking

aid warning buzzer - H22- , RHD vehi‐
cles
Removing
– Remove glove compartment ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
glove compartment .
– Using a narrow screwdriver, push front parking aid warning
buzzer - H22- -1- out of mounting in direction of arrow -A-.
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- -1-.
– Release and separate electrical connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

216 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid

warning buzzer - H15-
⇒ “9.4.1 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer
H15 , Saloon”, page 217
⇒ “9.4.2 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer
H15 , Estate”, page 217

9.4.1 Removing and installing rear parking aid

warning buzzer - H15- , Saloon
Removing
– Remove rear shelf ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Trims, interior; Removing and installing rear shelf .
– Lever off spreader clip -1-.
– Remove rear parking aid warning buzzer - H15- -2-.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

9.4.2 Removing and installing rear parking aid

warning buzzer - H15- , Estate
Removing
– Remove luggage compartment side trim (right-side) ⇒ Gen‐
eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment
trims; Removing and installing luggage compartment side
trim .
– Lever off spreader clip -1-.
– Remove rear parking aid warning buzzer - H15- -2-.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

9.5 Removing and installing front parking

aid senders
Removing
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .

9. Parking aid 217

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press both locking lugs in direction of arrow -A- while at the

same time pressing in sender -1- as far as stop.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring (black silicone ring) is seated correctly
on the sender head.
♦ Both locking lugs of sender retainer must audibly engage
when installing the sender.

9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid

senders
Removing
Outer rear senders:

Note

The outer rear parking aid senders can be removed and installed
without the need to remove the rear bumper.

– If fitted, remove rear underbody cover ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Underbody cover; Assembly overview
- underbody covers .
– Press both locking lugs in direction of arrow -A- while at the
same time pressing in sender -1- as far as stop.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Inner rear senders:
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .

218 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press both locking lugs in direction of arrow -A- while at the

same time pressing in sender -1- as far as stop.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring (black silicone ring) is seated correctly
on the sender head.
♦ Both locking lugs of sender retainer must audibly engage
when installing the sender.

9. Parking aid 219

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

10 Park assist steering

⇒ “10.1 Assembly overview - park assist steering”, page 220
⇒ “10.2 Removing and installing park assist steering control unit
J791 ”, page 222
⇒ “10.3 Removing and installing front senders”, page 222
⇒ “10.4 Removing and installing rear senders”, page 223

10.1 Assembly overview - park assist steer‐

ing
⇒ “10.1.1 Assembly overview - park assist steering, LHD vehi‐
cles”, page 220
⇒ “10.1.2 Assembly overview - park assist steering, RHD vehi‐
cles”, page 222

10.1.1 Assembly overview - park assist steering, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

220 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Park assist steering button

- E581-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 267
2 - Rear park assist steering
senders
❑ Rear left park assist
steering sender - G716-
❑ Rear right park assist
steering sender - G717-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 223
3 - Bracket
❑ For parking aid control
unit - J446- .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 328
4 - Park assist steering control
unit - J791-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 213
5 - Front park assist steering
senders
❑ Front left sender for park
assist steering on left
side of vehicle - G568-
❑ Front right sender for
park assist steering on
right side of vehicle -
G569-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 222

10. Park assist steering 221

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

10.1.2 Assembly overview - park assist steering, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Rear park assist steering

senders
❑ Rear left park assist
steering sender - G716-
❑ Rear right park assist
steering sender - G717-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 223
2 - Park assist steering button
- E581-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 267
3 - Front park assist steering
senders
❑ Front left sender for park
assist steering on left
side of vehicle - G568-
❑ Front right sender for
park assist steering on
right side of vehicle -
G569-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 222
4 - Park assist steering control
unit - J791-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 213

10.2 Removing and installing park assist

steering control unit - J791-
– Removing and installing park assist steering control unit -
J791-
⇒ “9.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 ”,
page 213 .

10.3 Removing and installing front senders

Removing
– Remove front wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing and
installing front wheel housing liner .

222 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press both locking lugs in direction of arrow -A- while at the

same time pressing in sender -1- as far as stop.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring (black silicone ring) is seated correctly
on the sender head.
♦ Both locking lugs of sender retainer must audibly engage
when installing the sender.

10.4 Removing and installing rear senders

Removing
– Remove rear wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing and
installing rear wheel housing liner .
– Press both locking lugs in direction of arrow -A- while at the
same time pressing in sender -1- as far as stop.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring (black silicone ring) is seated correctly
on the sender head.
♦ Both locking lugs of sender retainer must audibly engage
when installing the sender.

10. Park assist steering 223

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

11 Automatic headlight range control

⇒ “11.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control”,
page 224
⇒ “11.2 Removing and installing cornering light and headlight
range control unit J745 ”, page 226

11.1 Assembly overview - automatic head‐

light range control
⇒ “11.1.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control,
LHD vehicles”, page 224
⇒ “11.1.2 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control,
RHD vehicles”, page 225

11.1.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Spreader clip
❑ Qty. 2
2 - Cornering light and head‐
light range control unit - J745-
❑ On mounting bracket for
pedal cluster
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 226
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Rear left vehicle level send‐
er - G76-
❑ Fitting location: on rear
suspension link
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 43 ;
Vehicle level senders;
Assembly overview -
rear vehicle level send‐
ers .
5 - Left headlight range control
motor - V48-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 129
6 - Right headlight range con‐
trol motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 129

224 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

11.1.2 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Cornering light and head‐

light range control unit - J745-
❑ at top outside on pedal
cluster mounting brack‐
et
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 227
2 - Spreader clip
❑ Qty. 2
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Rear left vehicle level send‐
er - G76-
❑ Fitting location: on rear
suspension link
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 43 ;
Vehicle level senders;
Assembly overview -
rear vehicle level send‐
ers .
5 - Left headlight range control
motor - V48-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 129
6 - Right headlight range con‐
trol motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 129

11. Automatic headlight range control 225

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

11.2 Removing and installing cornering light

and headlight range control unit - J745-
⇒ “11.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for cornering light
and headlight range control J745 , LHD vehicles”, page 226
⇒ “11.2.2 Removing and installing control unit for cornering light
and headlight range control J745 , RHD vehicles”, page 227

11.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for

cornering light and headlight range con‐
trol - J745- , LHD vehicles

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– If fitted, remove knee airbag on driver side ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Knee airbags; Removing and
installing knee airbag with igniter .
– Remove footwell vent on driver side ⇒ Heating, air condition‐
ing; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air duct; Removing and installing footwell
vent on driver side .
– Release and pull out spreader clip -3-.
– Remove headlight range control unit -1- towards rear.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.

226 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– To do so, press locking detent -1-, swing retainer in

-direction of arrow- and pull off connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

– Press spreader clip -2- into opening -3- in control unit -1-.
– Engage spreader clip by turning it 90° -arrow-.

11.2.2 Removing and installing control unit for

cornering light and headlight range con‐
trol - J745- , RHD vehicles

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Remove footwell cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers .

11. Automatic headlight range control 227

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release and pull out spreader clip -2-.

– Remove headlight range control unit -1- downwards.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.

– To do so, press locking detent -1-, swing retainer in

-direction of arrow- and pull off connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

– Press spreader clip -2- into opening -3- in control unit -1-.
– Engage spreader clip by turning it 90° -arrow-.

228 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

12 Towing bracket
⇒ “12.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket”, page 229
⇒ “12.2 Trailer socket U10 ”, page 229
⇒ “12.3 Removing and installing trailer detector control unit J345
”, page 230

12.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Trailer socket - U10-

❑ Pin assignment
⇒ page 229
2 - Trailer detector control unit
- J345-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 230
3 - Electrical connectors
4 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque:
2.5 Nm

12.2 Trailer socket - U10-

Properties of pin 9:
♦ Pin 9, permanent plus, continuous supply of battery positive
voltage from vehicle to trailer.

12. Towing bracket 229

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Permanent plus is directly connected to vehicle battery with

no interruption.
♦ Low permissible current range, approx. 7.5 to 10 A
Pin assignment on trailer socket - U10- :
The exact assignment can be found in the latest current flow di‐
agram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting
locations.

12.3 Removing and installing trailer detector

control unit - J345-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

♦ When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the
respective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for the

Saloon. Removal and installation for the Estate are carried out
in the same way.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Detach left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim .
– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -2-.
– Unscrew bolt -3-.
– Pull trailer detector control unit - J345- -1- in
-direction of arrow- out of mounting in body, and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “12.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket”,
page 229

230 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

1. Lights 231
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 Lights
⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel”,
page 233
⇒ “1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors”,
page 234
⇒ “1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in rear doors”,
page 235
⇒ “1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console”, page
236
⇒ “1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in luggage compart‐
ment”, page 237
⇒ “1.6 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim”,
page 239
⇒ “1.7 Removing and installing glove compartment light W6 ”,
page 240
⇒ “1.8 Replacing bulb for glove compartment light W6 ”,
page 241
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing front footwell light K268 / K269 ”,
page 242
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing front footwell illumination bulb
L151 / L152 ”, page 242
⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing Central locking SAFELOCK
function warning lamp K133 ”, page 243
⇒ “1.12 Removing and installing light 2 for front door background
lighting L203 / L204 ”, page 243
⇒ “1.13 Removing and installing front entry light W31 / W32 ”,
page 244
⇒ “1.14 Removing and installing door warning lamp W30 / W36 ”,
page 245
⇒ “1.15 Removing and installing light 1 for rear door background
lighting L201 / L202 ”, page 245
⇒ “1.16 Removing and installing rear entry light W33 / W34 ”, page
246
⇒ “1.17 Removing and installing rear door warning lamp W37 /
W38 ”, page 246
⇒ “1.18 Removing and installing light 1 for front door background
lighting L199 / L200 ”, page 247
⇒ “1.19 Removing and installing bulb for background lighting in
rear door L166 / L167 ”, page 247
⇒ “1.20 Removing and installing interior door handle illumination
bulb L146 / L147 ”, page 247
⇒ “1.21 Removing and installing light for rear interior door handle
illumination L221 / L222 ”, page 248
⇒ “1.22 Removing and installing lights for dashboard ambient
lighting L229 / L230 ”, page 248
⇒ “1.23 Removing and installing selector lever position display
Y26 ”, page 248
⇒ “1.24 Removing and installing luggage compartment light W3
”, page 249
⇒ “1.25 Removing and installing illuminated vanity mirror W20 /
W14 ”, page 250

232 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

⇒ “1.26 Removing and installing bulb for front interior light W1 ”,

page 251
⇒ “1.27 Removing and installing bulb for rear interior light W43 ”,
page 253
⇒ “1.28 Removing and installing bulb for front reading light W13 /
W19 ”, page 254
⇒ “1.29 Removing and installing bulb for rear reading light W11 /
W12 ”, page 254
⇒ “1.30 Renewing bulb of rear interior light W47 / W48 ”,
page 255

1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Front passenger side airbag

deactivated warning lamp -
K145-
❑ The front passenger air‐
bag warning lamp -
K145- is integrated in
the centre switch mod‐
ule in dash panel -
EX22- and cannot be
removed individually
⇒ page 268 .
2 - Lights for dashboard ambi‐
ent lighting -L229- / -L230-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 248
3 - Glove compartment light -
W6-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 240
4 - Front right footwell light -
K269-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 242
5 - Front left footwell light -
K268-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 242

1. Lights 233
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Light 2 for front left door

background lighting - L203-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 243
2 - Central locking SAFELOCK
function warning lamp - K133-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 243
3 - Driver side door interior
handle illumination bulb -
L146-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 247
4 - Light 2 for front right door
background lighting - L204-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 243
5 - Light 1 for front right door
background lighting - L200-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 247
6 - Front passenger side door
interior handle illumination
bulb - L147-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 247
7 - Door warning lamp and en‐
try light
❑ Driver side door warning
lamp - W30- and driver
side entry light - W92-
❑ Front passenger side
door warning lamp -
W36- and passenger
side entry light - W93-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 244
8 - Light 1 for front left door background lighting - L199-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 247

234 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in rear doors

1 - Light 1 for rear left door

background lighting - L201-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 245
2 - Light for rear driver side in‐
terior door handle illumination
- L221-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 248
3 - Light for rear passenger
side interior door handle illumi‐
nation - L222-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 248
4 - Light 1 for rear right door
background lighting - L202-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 245
5 - Rear right door background
lighting bulb - L167-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 247
6 - Door warning lamp and en‐
try light
❑ Driver side door warning
lamp - W30- and front
passenger entry light -
W93-
❑ Front passenger side
door warning lamp -
W36- and driver side en‐
try light - W92-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 244
7 - Rear left door background lighting bulb - L166-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 247

1. Lights 235
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Selector lever position dis‐

play - Y26-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 248

236 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in

luggage compartment
⇒ “1.5.1 Fitting locations overview - lights in luggage compart‐
ment, Saloon”, page 237
⇒ “1.5.2 Fitting locations overview - lights in luggage compart‐
ment, Estate”, page 238

1.5.1 Fitting locations overview - lights in luggage compartment, Saloon

1 - Luggage compartment light

- W3-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 249

1. Lights 237
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.5.2 Fitting locations overview - lights in luggage compartment, Estate

1 - Luggage compartment light

- W3-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 249

238 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.6 Overview of fitting locations - lights in

roof trim
⇒ “1.6.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim, Saloon
and Estate without sliding sunroof”, page 239
⇒ “1.6.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim, Estate
with sliding sunroof”, page 240

1.6.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim, Saloon and Estate without
sliding sunroof

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Driver side illuminated van‐

ity mirror - W20-
❑ In the case of vanity mir‐
rors with LED lighting,
the entire light must be
renewed in the event of
a fault.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 250
2 - Front passenger side illu‐
minated vanity mirror - W14-
❑ In the case of vanity mir‐
rors with LED lighting,
the entire light must be
renewed in the event of
a fault.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 250
3 - Rear interior light - WX2-
❑ With rear reading light -
W11- / -W12-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 283
❑ Removing and installing
bulb for rear interior light
- W43- ⇒ page 253
❑ Removing and installing
bulb for rear reading
light - W11- / -W12-
⇒ page 254
4 - Luggage compartment light
- W3-
❑ Fitting location applies
only for Estate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 249
5 - Front interior light - WX1-
❑ With driver side reading light - W19- and front passenger reading light - W13-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 282
❑ Removing and installing bulb for front interior light - WX1- ⇒ page 251

1. Lights 239
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018
❑ Removing and installing bulb for front passenger reading light - W13- / driver side reading light - W19-
⇒ page 251

1.6.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim, Estate with sliding sunroof

1 - Driver side illuminated van‐

ity mirror - W20-
❑ In the case of vanity mir‐
rors with LED lighting,
the entire light must be
renewed in the event of
a fault.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 250
2 - Rear left interior light - W47-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 255
3 - Rear right interior light -
W48-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 255
4 - Front passenger side illu‐
minated vanity mirror - W14-
❑ In the case of vanity mir‐
rors with LED lighting,
the entire light must be
renewed in the event of
a fault.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 250
5 - Front interior light - WX1-
❑ With driver side reading
light - W19- and front
passenger reading light
- W13-
❑ Removing and installing
bulb for front interior
light - WX1-
⇒ page 251
❑ Removing and installing
bulb for driver side reading light - W19- / front passenger reading light - W13- ⇒ page 251

Not illustrated:
♦ Removing and installing luggage compartment light - W3-
⇒ page 249

1.7 Removing and installing glove compart‐

ment light - W6-
Removing
– Turn light switch to “0” position.

240 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press in locking lug -1- using a flat screwdriver, and lever out
glove compartment light -2-.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

If an LED glove compartment light - W6- is faulty, the entire light

must be renewed.

– Insert glove compartment light into opening and engage it on

opposite side.
– Perform functional check.

1.8 Replacing bulb for glove compartment

light - W6-

Note

If an LED glove compartment light - W6- is faulty, the entire light

must be renewed.

Removing
– Remove glove compartment light - W6- ⇒ page 240 .
– Lever off heat shield -2- on both sides at arrows -A-.
– Remove heat shield -2- from glove compartment light - W6-
-1-.

– Pull bulb -1- out of bulb holder -2- on reverse side of glove
compartment light.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1. Lights 241
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.9 Removing and installing front footwell

light -K268- / -K269-
⇒ “1.9.1 Removing and installing front footwell light K268 , driver
side”, page 242
⇒ “1.9.2 Removing and installing front footwell light K269 , front
passenger side”, page 242

1.9.1 Removing and installing front footwell

light -K268- , driver side
Removing
– Using a flat screwdriver, press in locking lug -1- at point indi‐
cated by arrow -A-.
– Lever off footwell light -2-.
– Disconnect electrical connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

Note

Since the footwell light is equipped with LEDs, the entire light must
be renewed in the event of a fault.

1.9.2 Removing and installing front footwell

light -K269- , front passenger side
Removing
– Using a flat screwdriver, press in locking lug -1- at point indi‐
cated by arrow -A-.
– Lever off footwell light -2-.
– Disconnect electrical connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

Note

Since the footwell light is equipped with LEDs, the entire light must
be renewed in the event of a fault.

1.10 Removing and installing front footwell il‐

lumination bulb -L151- / -L152-
Since the front footwell light is equipped with LEDs, the entire light
must be renewed.
– Removing and installing front footwell light -K268- / -K269-
⇒ page 242 .

242 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.11 Removing and installing Central locking

SAFELOCK function warning lamp -
K133-
Removing
– Remove front door trim panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim panels; Removing and installing
front door trim panel .
– Unclip central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
- K133- -1- by pressing locking lugs together -arrows- and
remove from door trim panel.

– Pull off connector -1- of central locking SAFELOCK function

warning lamp - K133- -2-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence of removal.

1.12 Removing and installing light 2 for front

door background lighting -L203- / -L204-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out as a mirror image.

Removing
– Remove front door trim panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim panels; Removing and installing
front door trim panel .

Caution

Risk of damage to the light conductor.

♦ Only touch the light conductor at the light emitting element
in area of the interior door handle.

1. Lights 243
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Position of fingers when touching optical light conductor

1 - Light conductor
A - Forefinger and middle finger
B - Thumb
– Disconnect electrical connector.

– Detach light conductor -1- from front retainer in direction of

arrow -A-.
– Carefully lift light conductor -3- slightly and swing it out of in‐
terior door handle -4- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Pull out light conductor from mounting -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.13 Removing and installing front entry light

-W31- / -W32-

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

Note

♦ Removal and installation of all entry lights are performed in the

same manner and are described only for one light.
♦ The entry lights can be tested by means of the final control
diagnostic function of the respective door control unit.

♦ Front left entry light - W31-

♦ Front right entry light - W32-
♦ Rear left entry light - W33-
♦ Rear right entry light - W34-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

244 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
– Use removal wedge - 3409- or a screwdriver to carefully lever
out light.
– Release and detach connector and remove light.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Since the entry light is equipped with LEDs, the entire light must
be renewed in the event of a fault.

– Perform functional check.

1.14 Removing and installing door warning

lamp -W30- / -W36-

Note

The door warning lamp and the entry light are combined to form
one component. Therefore, they can only be removed and instal‐
led together as an entire unit.

– Removing and installing door warning lamp ⇒ page 244 .

1.15 Removing and installing light 1 for rear

door background lighting -L201- / -L202-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out as a mirror image.

Removing
– Remove rear door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Rear door trims; Removing and installing rear door
trim .

1. Lights 245
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Caution

Risk of damage to the light conductor.

♦ Only touch the light conductor at the light emitting element
in area of the interior door handle.

Position of fingers when touching optical light conductor

1 - Light conductor
A - Forefinger and middle finger
B - Thumb
– Disconnect electrical connector.

– Detach optical waveguide -2- in direction of arrow -A- from rear

retainer -3-.
– Carefully pull optical waveguide -2- in direction of arrow -B-
out of mounting -1- in door trim.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.16 Removing and installing rear entry light

-W33- / -W34-

Note

The door warning lamp and the entry light are combined to form
one component. Therefore, they can only be removed and instal‐
led together as an entire unit.

– Removing and installing entry light ⇒ page 244 .

1.17 Removing and installing rear door warn‐

ing lamp -W37- / -W38-

Note

The door warning lamp and the entry light are combined to form
one component. Therefore, they can only be removed and instal‐
led together as an entire unit.

– Removing and installing door warning lamp ⇒ page 244 .

246 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.18 Removing and installing light 1 for front

door background lighting -L199- / -L200-

Note

The light 1 for front left door background lighting - L199- and light
1 for front right door background lighting - L200- are integrated in
the trim panel of the front door trims and cannot be renewed in‐
dividually.

– Remove trim panel from front door ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim panels; Removing and
installing trim panel .

1.19 Removing and installing bulb for back‐

ground lighting in rear door -L166- / -
L167-

Note

The rear left door ambient lighting bulb - L166- and rear right door
ambient lighting bulb - L167- are integrated in the trim strips of
the rear door trims and cannot be renewed individually.

– Remove trim panel of rear door trim ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Rear door trims; Removing and installing
trim panel .

1.20 Removing and installing interior door

handle illumination bulb -L146- / -L147-

Note

The procedure for removal and installation is the same for all
lights for interior door handle illumination and is therefore descri‐
bed for just one light for interior door handle illumination.

♦ Driver side door interior handle illumination bulb - L146-

♦ Front passenger side door interior handle illumination bulb -
L147-
♦ Light for rear driver side interior door handle illumination -
L221-
♦ Light for rear passenger side interior door handle illumination
- L222-
Removing
– Remove door puller ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview - front door trim .

1. Lights 247
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release fastener -2-.

– Carefully pull light for interior door handle illumination -1- out
of door puller -arrow-.
– Guide out wire on light for interior door handle illumination, and
remove light.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.21 Removing and installing light for rear in‐

terior door handle illumination -L221- / -
L222-
The lights for rear interior door handle illumination -L221- / -L222-
are removed and installed in the same way as the lights for front
interior door handle illumination -L219- / -L220- .
Removing and installing light for front interior door handle illumi‐
nation -L219- / -L220- ⇒ page 247 .

1.22 Removing and installing lights for dash‐

board ambient lighting -L229- / -L230-

Note

The light for left dashboard ambient lighting - L229- / light for right
dashboard ambient lighting - L230- is integrated in the corre‐
sponding trim panel of the dash panel and cannot be renewed
individually.

– Removing and installing corresponding trim panel of dash

panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash
panel; Removing and installing trim panel for dash panel .

1.23 Removing and installing selector lever

position display - Y26-
Removing

Note

♦ The selector lever position display - Y26- -1- is integrated in

the selector lever gaiter and cannot be removed individually.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

– Removing selector level gaiter ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Selector mech‐

anism; Removing and installing selector lever handle .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

248 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.24 Removing and installing luggage com‐

partment light - W3-
⇒ “1.24.1 Removing and installing luggage compartment light
W3 , Saloon”, page 249
⇒ “1.24.2 Removing and installing luggage compartment light
W3 , Estate”, page 249

1.24.1 Removing and installing luggage com‐

partment light - W3- , Saloon
Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

– Using a flat screwdriver, push luggage compartment light -

W3- -1- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Fold luggage compartment light - W3- in direction of arrow
-B- out of body panel.
– Disconnect connector, and remove luggage compartment light
- W3- .

– Press contact plate -1- of light in direction of arrow.

– Remove festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert luggage compartment light into opening and engage it
on opposite side.

1.24.2 Removing and installing luggage com‐

partment light - W3- , Estate
Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

1. Lights 249
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Using a flat screwdriver, push luggage compartment light -

W3- -1- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Fold luggage compartment light - W3- out of roof trim in direc‐
tion of arrow -B-.
– Disconnect connector, and remove luggage compartment light
- W3- .

– Press contact plate -1- of light in direction of arrow.

– Remove festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert luggage compartment light into opening and engage it
on opposite side.

1.25 Removing and installing illuminated

vanity mirror -W20- / -W14-

Note

♦ Since the light for the illuminated vanity mirror is equipped with
LEDs, the entire light must be renewed in the event of a fault.
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.

Removing
– Swing sun visor forwards.

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

250 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Insert a flat screwdriver into notch -arrow- and carefully lever

out vanity mirror light -1-.
– Disconnect connector, remove light for illuminated vanity mir‐
ror.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert vanity mirror light into opening and engage it on opposite
side.

1.26 Removing and installing bulb for front

interior light - W1-
⇒ “1.26.1 Removing and installing bulb for front interior light W1
with incandescent bulbs”, page 251
⇒ “1.26.2 Removing and installing light for front interior light W1
with LED”, page 252

1.26.1 Removing and installing bulb for front

interior light - W1- with incandescent
bulbs
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

The light used for the front interior light - WX1- and the light front
passenger reading light - W13- is the same component.

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

1. Lights 251
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lever off lens of front interior light - W1- at points marked with
-arrows- using removal wedge - 3409- .

– Pull out bulb -1- from bulb carrier in direction of arrow -A-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the bulb.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.

– Perform functional check.

1.26.2 Removing and installing light for front in‐

terior light - W1- with LED
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

♦ The light used for the front interior light - WX1- and the light
front passenger reading light - W13- is the same component.
♦ If the front interior light - WX1- or front passenger reading light
- W13- is defective, the lens must be renewed.

252 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

– Lever off lens of front interior light - W1- at points marked with
-arrows- using removal wedge - 3409- .
– Separate electrical connectors.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Perform functional check.

1.27 Removing and installing bulb for rear in‐

terior light - W43-
⇒ “1.27.1 Removing and installing bulb for rear interior light W43
with incandescent bulbs”, page 253
⇒ “1.27.2 Removing and installing light for rear interior light W43
with LED”, page 254

1.27.1 Removing and installing bulb for rear in‐

terior light - W43- with incandescent
bulbs
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

The bulb used for the rear interior light - W43- is the same as the
bulb used for the rear left and rear right reading lights - W11- and
- W12- .

1. Lights 253
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Lever off lens -3- for rear interior light - W43- using removal
wedge - 3409- .
– Pull bulb -1- out of bulb holder -2- in direction of arrow -A-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Risk of damage to the bulb.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.

– Perform functional check.

1.27.2 Removing and installing light for rear in‐

terior light - W43- with LED

Note

♦ The bulb used for the rear interior light - W43- is the same as
the bulb used for the rear left and rear right reading lights -
W11- and - W12- .
♦ If the rear interior light - W43- is defective, the complete interior
light must be renewed.

– Removing and installing rear interior light - W43-

⇒ “2.42 Removing and installing rear interior light WX2 ”, page
283 .

1.28 Removing and installing bulb for front

reading light -W13- / -W19-

Note

The bulb for the front passenger reading light - W13- / driver side
reading light - W19- and the bulb for the front interior light - W1-
is the same component.

– Removing and installing bulb for front interior light - W1-

⇒ page 251 .

1.29 Removing and installing bulb for rear

reading light -W11- / -W12-

Note

The bulb for the rear left reading light - W11- / rear right reading
light - W12- and the bulb for the rear interior light - W43- is the
same component.

254 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Removing and installing bulb for rear interior light - W43-

⇒ page 253 .

1.30 Renewing bulb of rear interior light -

W47- / -W48-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove moulded headliner ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Roof trim; Removing and installing moulded
headliner .
– Treat moulded headliner with care, and make sure to lay it
down on a clean surface.
– Press fasteners -1-, and swing interior light out of holder -2-.

– If necessary, use removal wedge - 3409- to lever out interior

light -1- from holder -arrow-.

1. Lights 255
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unclip interior light -1- from holder -2- at pivot points -arrow-
on both sides of interior light using removal wedge - 3409- .
– Release and separate electrical connector on interior light
-1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

If the rear interior light -W47- / -W48- is defective, the complete

interior light must be renewed.

– Insert glove compartment light into opening and engage it on

opposite side.
– Perform functional check.

256 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2. Controls 257
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Controls
⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel”, page
259
⇒ “2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors”, page
261
⇒ “2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors”, page
262
⇒ “2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console”,
page 263
⇒ “2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compart‐
ment”, page 264
⇒ “2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim”,
page 265
⇒ “2.7 Removing and installing rotary light switch EX1 ”,
page 266
⇒ “2.8 Removing and installing headlight range control regulator
E102 ”, page 267
⇒ “2.9 Removing and installing rear roller blind switch E149 ”,
page 267
⇒ “2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP button E256 ”,
page 267
⇒ “2.11 Removing and installing parking aid button E266 ”, page
267
⇒ “2.12 Removing and installing steering wheel heater button
E522 ”, page 267
⇒ “2.13 Removing and installing sport program button E541 ”,
page 267
⇒ “2.14 Removing and installing park assist steering button E581
”, page 267
⇒ “2.15 Removing and installing button for electric drive E656 ”,
page 268
⇒ “2.16 Removing and installing Start/Stop operation button E693
”, page 268
⇒ “2.17 Removing and installing button for Charisma E735 ”, page
268
⇒ “2.18 Removing and installing centre switch module in dash
panel EX22 ”, page 268
⇒ “2.19 Removing and installing switch module in centre console
EX23 / EX30 ”, page 268
⇒ “2.20 Removing and installing hazard warning light switch EX3
”, page 270
⇒ “2.21 Removing and installing buttons for seat heating E653 /
E654 ”, page 270
⇒ “2.22 Removing and installing glove compartment light switch
E26 ”, page 271
⇒ “2.23 Removing and installing exterior mirror adjuster EX11 ”,
page 271
⇒ “2.24 Removing and installing operating unit for window regu‐
lator in driver door E512 ”, page 272
⇒ “2.25 Removing and installing front passenger side window
regulator button E716 ”, page 272

258 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

⇒ “2.26 Removing and installing driver side interior locking button

for central locking system E308 ”, page 273
⇒ “2.27 Removing and installing rear lid remote release button
E233 ”, page 273
⇒ “2.28 Removing and installing fuel tank flap release button E319
”, page 275
⇒ “2.29 Removing and installing button for deactivating interior
monitoring and vehicle inclination sensor E616 ”, page 275
⇒ “2.30 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 ”,
page 276
⇒ “2.31 Removing and installing rear window regulator button
E711 / E713 ”, page 276
⇒ “2.32 Removing and installing rear door contact switches F10 /
F11 ”, page 277
⇒ “2.33 Removing and installing electromechanical parking brake
button E538 / auto-hold button E540 ”, page 277
⇒ “2.34 Removing and installing the starter button E378 ”,
page 278
⇒ “2.35 Removing and installing rear lid warning buzzer H32 ”,
page 278
⇒ “2.36 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch”,
page 279
⇒ “2.37 Removing and installing rear lid closure button E574 ”,
page 279
⇒ “2.38 Removing and installing electric hinged tow coupling at‐
tachment button E474 ”, page 280
⇒ “2.39 Removing and installing vanity mirror contact switch
F147 / F148 ”, page 281
⇒ “2.40 Removing and installing sunroof button E325 ”,
page 281
⇒ “2.41 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 ”,
page 282
⇒ “2.42 Removing and installing rear interior light WX2 ”,
page 283
⇒ “2.43 Removing and installing front right reading light button
E634 ”, page 284

2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

2. Controls 259
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Centre switch module in

dash panel - EX22-
♦ Parking aid button - E266-
♦ Park assist steering button
- E581- /overhead view
camera
♦ Hazard warning light switch
- EX3-
❑ The buttons are instal‐
led in the switch unit and
cannot be removed indi‐
vidually.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 268
2 - Glove compartment light
switch - E26-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 271
3 - Key operated switch to de‐
activate front passenger side
airbag - E224-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Airbag (front passenger
side); Assembly over‐
view - airbag (front pas‐
senger side)
4 - Button for right seat heating
- E654-
❑ Integrated in operating
and display unit:
♦ Heater control unit - J65-
OR
♦ air conditioning system control unit - J301- OR
♦ Climatronic control unit - J255-
❑ Cannot be renewed separately if defective.
❑ Removing and installing -J65- / -J301- / -J255- ⇒ Heating, air conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Overview of
fitting locations - operating and display unit .
5 - Button for left seat heating - E653-
❑ Integrated in operating and display unit:
♦ Heater control unit - J65- OR
♦ air conditioning system control unit - J301- OR
♦ Climatronic control unit - J255-
❑ Cannot be renewed separately if defective.
❑ Removing and installing -J65- / -J301- / -J255- ⇒ Heating, air conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Overview of
fitting locations - operating and display unit .
6 - Headlight range control regulator - E102-
❑ Depending on equipment
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 267
7 - Rotary light switch - EX1-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 266

260 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Driver side interior locking

button for central locking sys‐
tem - E308-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 273
2 - Fuel tank flap release but‐
ton - E319-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 275
3 - Rear lid remote release but‐
ton - E233-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 273
4 - Front passenger side win‐
dow regulator button - E716-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 272
5 - Exterior mirror adjuster -
EX11-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 271
6 - Operating unit for window
regulator in driver door - E512-
❑ with:
♦ Front driver side window
regulator button - E710-
♦ Front passenger side win‐
dow regulator button -
E716-
♦ Rear driver side window
regulator button - E711-
♦ Rear passenger side win‐
dow regulator button -
E713-
♦ Central switch for window regulators in driver door - E189-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 272

Not illustrated:
♦ Button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle inclina‐
tion sensor - E616-
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 285 .
♦ Driver door contact switch - F2- and front passenger door con‐
tact switch - F3-
⇒ “2.30 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 ”,
page 276

2. Controls 261
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors

1 - Rear driver side window

regulator button - E711-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 276
2 - Rear passenger side win‐
dow regulator button - E713-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 276

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

Not illustrated:
♦ Rear left door contact switch - F10- and rear right door contact
switch - F11-
⇒ “2.32 Removing and installing rear door contact switches
F10 / F11 ”, page 277

262 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console

Note

The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive vehicles
are similar.

1 - Starter button - E378-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 278
2 - Switch module 2 in centre
console - EX30-
♦ Rear roller blind switch -
E149-
♦ Steering wheel heater but‐
ton - E522-
❑ Each of the buttons is in‐
stalled in the switch
module and cannot be
removed individually.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ “2.19 Removing and
installing switch module
in centre console EX23 /
EX30 ”, page 268
3 - Electromechanical parking
brake button - E538- and auto-
hold button - E540-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 277
4 - Switch module 1 in centre
console - EX23-
♦ TCS and ESP button -
E256-
♦ Sport program button -
E541-
♦ Button for electric drive -
E656-
♦ Start/stop operation switch
- E693-
♦ Button for driver profile selection - E735-
❑ Each of the buttons is installed in the switch module and cannot be removed individually.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ “2.19 Removing and installing switch module in centre console EX23 / EX30 ”, page 268

2. Controls 263
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are anal‐
ogous.

1 - Rear lid warning buzzer -

H32-
❑ Only installed on Estate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 278
2 - Rear lid contact switch
❑ Rear lid contact switch
for anti-theft alarm -
F123-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 279
3 - Button for closing rear lid -
E574-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 279
4 - Button for electric hinged
towing coupling - E474-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 280

264 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim

Note

♦ The illustration shows fitting locations for left-hand drive vehicles. Fitting locations for right-hand drive ve‐
hicles are similar.
♦ The illustration shows the fitting locations for Estate vehicles. The fitting locations for Saloon vehicles are
analogous.

1 - Driver vanity mirror contact

switch - F147-
❑ The vanity mirror con‐
tact switch is as integral
part of the sun visor
bracket and cannot be
renewed individually if
defective.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 281
2 - Button for rear interior light
- W43-
❑ Installed in rear interior
light - WX2-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 283
3 - Front passenger vanity mir‐
ror contact switch - F148-
❑ The vanity mirror con‐
tact switch is as integral
part of the sun visor
bracket and cannot be
renewed individually if
defective.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 281
4 - Button for rear interior light
- W43-
❑ Installed in front interior
light - WX1-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 283
5 - Front right reading light but‐
ton - E634-
❑ Installed in front interior
light - WX1-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 284
6 - Button for front interior light - W1-
❑ For switching front interior light - W1- on and off
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 282
7 - Button for front interior light - W1-
❑ For switching front interior light - W1- on and off by means of door contact switches
❑ Installed in front interior light - WX1-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 282

2. Controls 265
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

8 - Sunroof button - E325-

❑ Installed in front interior light - WX1-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 281
❑ Specified torque for bolts: 0.65 Nm

2.7 Removing and installing rotary light

switch - EX1-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Turn light switch to “0” position.
– Unclip rotary light switch - EX1- -2- towards rear from dash
panel -1- -arrow-.
If the rotary light switch cannot be removed as described, proceed
as follows:
– Remove storage compartment on driver side ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers .
– Push out rotary light switch - EX1- -1- through opening in dash
panel -1- towards rear -arrow-.
– Disconnect electrical connectors, and detach rotary light
switch - EX1- -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

266 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.8 Removing and installing headlight range

control regulator - E102-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Remove rotary light switch - EX1- ⇒ page 266 .
– Release catches -arrows-.
– Push headlight range control regulator - E102- -2- towards
rear out of rotary light switch - EX1- -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.9 Removing and installing rear roller blind

switch - E149-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP

button - E256-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.11 Removing and installing parking aid but‐

ton - E266-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.12 Removing and installing steering wheel

heater button - E522-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.13 Removing and installing sport program

button - E541-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.14 Removing and installing park assist

steering button - E581-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2. Controls 267
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.15 Removing and installing button for elec‐

tric drive - E656-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.16 Removing and installing Start/Stop op‐

eration button - E693-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.17 Removing and installing button for Cha‐

risma - E735-
Removing and installing ⇒ page 268 .

2.18 Removing and installing centre switch

module in dash panel - EX22-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Removing
– Removing and installing trim panel of the dash panel ⇒ Gen‐
eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing
and installing trim panel for dash panel .
– Unscrew bolt -2- on back of trim panel.
– Pull centre switch module in dash panel - EX22- -1- out of trim
panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Bolt on trim panel of dash panel 2 Nm

2.19 Removing and installing switch module

in centre console -EX23- / -EX30-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

268 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

Note

♦ On the left and right next to the gear lever, there can be the
following buttons in two button modules, depending on the
equipment level. The procedure for removal and installation of
the button modules is identical for both modules and is there‐
fore described for one of them only. A removed button module
cannot be dismantled further.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
basically the same.

Switch module 1 in centre console - EX23- :

♦ TCS and ESP button - E256-
♦ Sport program button - E541-
♦ Button for electric drive - E656-
♦ Start/stop operation switch - E693-
♦ Button for driver profile selection - E735-
Switch module 2 in centre console - EX30- :
♦ Rear roller blind switch - E149-
♦ Steering wheel heater button - E522-
Removing:
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
– Unclip and remove gear lever gaiter upwards from centre con‐
sole ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Selector mechanism; Removing and
installing gear knob .

2. Controls 269
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Carefully lever off trim -1- upwards using removal wedge -

3409- .

– Lift driver side button module -1- or front passenger side button
module -2- out of centre console.

– Disconnect connector -1- and remove button module -2-.

If the driver side button module cannot be removed as described,
proceed as follows:
– Remove centre console insert ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing
centre console insert .
– Unclip driver side button module from below from centre con‐
sole insert.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence of removal.

2.20 Removing and installing hazard warning

light switch - EX3-
The hazard warning light switch - EX3- is integrated in the centre
switch module in dash panel - EX22- and cannot be removed in‐
dividually.
Removing and installing centre switch module in dash panel -
EX22- ⇒ page 268 .

2.21 Removing and installing buttons for seat

heating -E653- / -E654-

Note

Buttons for seat heating are integrated in the operating and dis‐
play unit ( heater control unit - J65- / air conditioning system
control unit - J301- / Climatronic control unit - J255- ). If one of the
individual parts is defective it cannot be renewed individually.

270 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Removing and installing -J65- / -J301- / -J255- ⇒ Heating, air

conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Fitting locations overview - oper‐
ating and display unit .

2.22 Removing and installing glove compart‐

ment light switch - E26-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Open glove compartment.
– Push glove compartment stops -1- upwards on left and right
in direction of arrow.
– Open glove compartment cover -2- further.

– Fully open glove compartment cover in direction of arrow -B-

such that rack -2- becomes pulled out of damper element
-1-.
– Pull glove compartment light switch - E26- located in damper
element -1- out of mounting in direction of arrow -A-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.23 Removing and installing exterior mirror

adjuster - EX11-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

2. Controls 271
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove door puller ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview - front door trim .
– Carefully release catches -arrows- using a small screwdriver.
– Pull exterior mirror adjuster - EX11- -3- out of switch mounting
-2-.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.24 Removing and installing operating unit

for window regulator in driver door -
E512-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Remove door puller ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview - front door trim .
– Using a small screwdriver, release locking devices in direction
of arrow -A-.
– Release retaining tab -4- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Detach operating unit for window regulator in driver door -
E512- -1- from switch mounting -2-, and remove it towards
rear.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.25 Removing and installing front passenger

side window regulator button - E716-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

272 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove door puller ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview - front door trim .
– Using a small screwdriver, release locking devices in direction
of arrow -A-.
– Release retaining tab -2- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Detach Front passenger side window regulator button - E716-
-3- from switch mounting, and remove it towards rear.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.26 Removing and installing driver side in‐

terior locking button for central locking
system - E308-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Remove front door trim panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim panels; Removing and installing
front door trim panel .
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
– Release retaining clips -arrows-, and push out driver side in‐
terior locking button for central locking system - E308- towards
outside.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.27 Removing and installing rear lid remote

release button - E233-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Controls 273
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐

hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.
♦ Fuel tank flap release button - E319- may also be installed
depending on the equipment level. Rear lid remote release
button - E233- and fuel tank flap release button - E319- form
the same component. The rear lid remote release button -
E233- cannot be renewed separately.

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

– Lever off trim -1- at front edge -arrows- using removal wedge
- VAS 3409- or suitable screwdriver.
– Swing trim -1- with rear lid remote release button - E233- out
of door trim.
– Release and disconnect connector on rear lid remote release
button - E233- .

274 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Using a small screwdriver, release locking devices -2- on both

sides.
– Remove rear lid remote release button - E233- -3- from trim
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.28 Removing and installing fuel tank flap

release button - E319-
Fuel tank flap release button - E319- and rear lid remote release
button - E233- form the same component. The fuel tank flap re‐
lease button - E319- cannot be renewed separately.
– Removing and installing rear lid remote release button - E233-
⇒ page 273 .

2.29 Removing and installing button for de‐

activating interior monitoring and vehicle
inclination sensor - E616-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

2. Controls 275
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Apply removal wedge - VAS 3409- or screwdriver at lower

edge of button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle
inclination sensor - E616- -1- and lever out.
– Remove button from B-pillar trim.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.30 Removing and installing door contact

switch -F2- / -F3-

Note

The door contact switch is installed in the door lock and cannot
be renewed separately in the event of malfunction.

– Removing and installing front door lock ⇒ General body re‐

pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and
installing door lock .

2.31 Removing and installing rear window

regulator button -E711- / -E713-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out as a mirror image.

– Remove door puller ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.

70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview - front door trim .

276 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Using a small screwdriver, release locking devices in direction

of arrow -A-.
– Release retaining tab -2- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Take window regulator switch -3- out of switch mounting and
remove towards rear.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.32 Removing and installing rear door con‐

tact switches -F10- / -F11-

Note

The door contact switch is installed in the door lock and cannot
be renewed separately in the event of malfunction.

– Removing and installing rear door lock ⇒ General body re‐

pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 58 ; Door components; Removing and
installing door lock .

2.33 Removing and installing electrome‐

chanical parking brake button - E538- /
auto-hold button - E540-

Note

♦ The electromechanical parking brake button - E538- and the

auto-hold button - E540- are combined to form one component
and cannot be separated.
♦ Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive ve‐
hicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles
is similar.

Removing
– Remove centre console ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing centre con‐
sole .

2. Controls 277
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press fasteners in direction of arrow -A-.

– Remove electromechanical parking brake button - E538- -1-
upwards from centre console -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.34 Removing and installing the starter but‐

ton - E378-

Note

Removal and installation are described for left-hand drive vehi‐

cles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive vehicles is
similar.

Removing
– Unclip and remove gear lever gaiter upwards from centre con‐
sole ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Selector mechanism; Removing and
installing gear knob .
– Press starter button - E378- -1- out of centre console -2- from
below. When doing so, retaining clips become released.
– Separate electrical connectors.
If the starter button - E378- cannot be removed as described,
proceed as follows:
– Remove centre console insert ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing
centre console insert .
– Push starter button - E378- from below out of centre console
insert.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.35 Removing and installing rear lid warning

buzzer - H32-

Note

The rear lid warning buzzer - H32- is only installed in the Estate.

Removing
– Remove lower rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims; Removing and in‐
stalling lower rear lid trim .

278 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Lever off spreader clip -2-.
– Remove rear lid warning buzzer - H32- -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.36 Removing and installing rear lid contact

switch

Note

The rear lid contact switch is an integral part of the rear lid lock
and cannot be renewed individually.

– Removing and installing rear lid lock ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Rear lid; Removing and installing rear
lid lock .

2.37 Removing and installing rear lid closure

button - E574-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedges - T10383-

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

2. Controls 279
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release catches -arrows- on rear lid closure button - E574-

-2- using wedge -T10383/1- .
– Pull rear lid closure button - E574- -2- out of lower rear lid trim.
– Release and disconnect electrical connector -1-.
If the rear lid closure button - E574- cannot be removed as de‐
scribed, proceed as follows:
– Remove lower rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims; Removing and in‐
stalling lower rear lid trim .
– Unclip rear lid closure button - E574- from lower rear lid trim
from the inside.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.38 Removing and installing electric hinged

tow coupling attachment button - E474-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Removing

Caution

Danger of damage to component surfaces.

♦ When working with leverage tools, always mask off the
components installed in visible areas using commercially
available adhesive tape.

280 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Lever off trim -1- at front edge -arrows- using removal wedge
- VAS 3409- or suitable screwdriver.
– Swing trim -1- with electric hinged tow coupling attachment
button - E474- out of right luggage compartment side trim.
– Release and disconnect connector on electric hinged tow cou‐
pling attachment button - E474- .
If the trim with electric hinged tow coupling attachment button -
E474- cannot be removed as described, proceed as follows:
– Detach right luggage compartment side trim until the trim with
button can be unclipped on the back of the luggage compart‐
ment side trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Luggage compartment trims; Removing and installing luggage
compartment side trim .
– Unclip trim with electric hinged tow coupling attachment button
- E474- on the back of the luggage compartment side trim.

– Using a small screwdriver, release locking devices -2- on both

sides.
– Remove electric hinged tow coupling attachment button -
E474- -3- from trim -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.39 Removing and installing vanity mirror

contact switch -F147- / -F148-

Note

The vanity mirror contact switch is as integral part of the sun visor
bracket and cannot be renewed individually if defective.

– Removing and installing sun visor ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Equipment; Removing and installing sun
visor .

2.40 Removing and installing sunroof button

- E325-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

2. Controls 281
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Remove front interior light - WX1- ⇒ page 282 .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove button -1- from interior light.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim”, page
265

2.41 Removing and installing front interior

light - WX1-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Note

The switch module is an integral part of the front interior light -

WX1- and cannot be removed individually.

Removing
– Remove cover for mirror base ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Interior mirror; Assembly overview - interior
mirror .
– Lever off lens of front interior light - WX1- at points marked with
-arrows- using removal wedge - 3409- .
– Separate electrical connectors.

282 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press fasteners in direction of arrow -A- and remove front in‐

terior light - WX1- .
– Separate electrical connectors.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert front interior light - WX1- into roof aperture.
– Insert lens into front interior light - WX1- .

2.42 Removing and installing rear interior

light - WX2-
Removing

Note

♦ The buttons are an integral part of the rear interior light - WX2-
and cannot be removed individually.
♦ The rear interior light - WX2- is secured by a two-stage locking
element.

– Lever out lens -1- in direction of arrow -A- using, for example,
a narrow screwdriver.
– Remove lens -1- from rear interior light - WX2- -2-.

– Release catches -2- in direction of arrow -A- using, for exam‐

ple, a narrow screwdriver.
– Press locking mechanism -1- in direction of arrow -C-.

2. Controls 283
 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove rear interior light - WX2- -1- from roof aperture in di‐
rection of arrow -A-.
– Press connector lock in direction of arrow -B- and disconnect
electrical connector -C-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Electrical connector must face direction of travel.

– Press locking mechanism -1- in direction of arrow -C-. Catches

-2- must engage audibly.

2.43 Removing and installing front right read‐

ing light button - E634-

Note

The front right reading light button - E634- is an integral part of

the front interior light - WX1- and cannot be removed individually.

Removing
– Remove front interior light - WX1- ⇒ page 282 .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

284 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Anti-theft alarm
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 285
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing alarm horn H12 ”, page 286
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 ”,
page 287

3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor

⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - interior monitoring, LHD vehicles”,
page 285
⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - interior monitoring, RHD vehicles”,
page 286

3.1.1 Assembly overview - interior monitoring, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Anti-theft alarm system sen‐

sor - G578-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 287
❑ Needs parametrisation
after renewal
⇒ page 287 .
2 - Button for deactivating inte‐
rior monitoring and vehicle in‐
clination sensor - E616-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 275
3 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ With central locking and
anti-theft alarm system
aerial - R47-
❑ Fitting location overview
⇒ page 316
4 - Alarm horn - H12-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 286
❑ Specified torque for nut:
6 Nm

3. Anti-theft alarm 285

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3.1.2 Assembly overview - interior monitoring, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Button for deactivating inte‐

rior monitoring and vehicle in‐
clination sensor - E616-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 275
2 - Anti-theft alarm system sen‐
sor - G578-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 287
❑ Needs parametrisation
after renewal
⇒ page 287 .
3 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ With central locking and
anti-theft alarm system
aerial - R47-
❑ Fitting location overview
⇒ page 316
4 - Alarm horn - H12-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 286
❑ Specified torque for nut:
6 Nm

3.2 Removing and installing alarm horn -

H12-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

286 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Plenum chamber cover; Removing and
installing plenum chamber cover .
– Unscrew nut -2-.
– Detach alarm horn -1- from bracket.
– Unplug connector -3- by pulling locking element -4- and press‐
ing release catch.
– Remove alarm horn.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 285

3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm

sensor - G578-
Removing
– Remove front interior light - WX1- ⇒ page 282 .
– Remove storage compartment in roof headliner ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers;
Removing and installing storage compartment in roof head‐
liner .
– Release retaining tabs in direction of arrows -A- and -B-.
– Remove anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- -1- from roof module.

3. Anti-theft alarm 287

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release retaining tabs in direction of arrows -A- and -B-.

– Remove single sensor -1- from roof module.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- needs to be parametrised

after renewal.

– Parametrise anti-theft alarm system sensor - G578- ⇒ Vehicle

diagnostic tester.

288 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4 Lane change assist

⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - lane change assist”, page 289
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing lane change assist warning lamp
in exterior mirror K311 / K312 ”, page 290
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing lane change assist control unit
J769 / J770 ”, page 290
⇒ “4.4 Calibrating lane change assist”, page 291

4.1 Assembly overview - lane change assist

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Lane change assist warning

lamp in left exterior mirror -
K312-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 290
2 - Lane change assist warning
lamp in right exterior mirror -
K311-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 290
3 - Bracket
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 290
4 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
5 - Lane change assist control
unit - J769-
❑ Master
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 290
❑ Calibrating ⇒ page 291
6 - Electrical connector
7 - Lane change assist control
unit 2 - J770-
❑ Slave
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 290
❑ Calibrating ⇒ page 291

4. Lane change assist 289

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.2 Removing and installing lane change

assist warning lamp in exterior mirror -
K311- / -K312-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove mirror cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Exterior mirrors; Removing and installing mirror cover .
– Release catches -2- on lane change assist warning lamp in
left exterior mirror - K311- -1-.
– Push lane change assist warning lamp in left exterior mirror -
K312- -1- towards outside out of mirror cover -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

4.3 Removing and installing lane change

assist control unit -J769- / -J770-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Removing
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .

290 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release and disconnect electrical connector -4-.

– Release catch -2- on bracket -3- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Swing lane change assist control unit 2 - J770- -1- in direction
of arrow -B- out of bracket -3-, and remove it.

– Unscrew nuts -1-.

– Move clear wire -3- on bracket -2-.
– Release catch -arrow A- on bracket -2-.
– Swing bracket -2- for lane change assist control unit 2 - J770-
in direction of arrow -B- out of mounting on body, and remove
it.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Calibrate lane change assist control unit -J769- / -J770-
⇒ page 291 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - lane change assist”, page 289

4.4 Calibrating lane change assist

4.4.1 Measurement location

Conditions
Lane change assist must be calibrated under the following con‐
ditions:
♦ Lane change assist control unit - J769- and/or lane change
assist control unit 2 - J770- were renewed
♦ Lane change assist control unit - J769- and/or lane change
assist control unit 2 - J770- were removed and installed
♦ Installation position of lane change assist control unit -J769- /
-J770- was changed
♦ Rear bumper cover was removed and installed
♦ Relevant entry made by lane change assist control unit -
J769- / -J770- in event memory ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester

Note

The vehicle shown in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.

4. Lane change assist 291

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Volkswagen emblem
❑ Laser pointer aligned to
centre of Volkswagen
logo
2 - Wheel centre mounting -
VAS 6350/1-
❑ With wheel bolt adapter
(AF 17) and measuring
paddle
3 - Stop bracket
❑ to support spacing laser
-VAS 6350/2- for dis‐
tance measurement
❑ Distance from wheel
centre mountings -VAS
6350/1- on rear wheels:
Dimension -a- = 1700 ±
10 mm.
4 - Measuring scale
❑ to position calibration
unit for lane change as‐
sist -VAS 6350/4-
❑ Dimension to be set,
measuring point on
steel rule = 675 ± 2 mm
5 - Spacing laser - VAS
6350/2-
❑ for distance measure‐
ment
❑ Handling ⇒ Operating
instructions
6 - Linear laser - VAS 6350/3-
❑ with “laser goggles”
❑ on calibration unit - VAS
6350-
❑ Handling ⇒ Operating instructions
7 - Plastic foot
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Adjustable to change horizontal position of calibration unit - VAS 6350-
8 - Calibration unit - VAS 6350-
9 - Spirit level
❑ on calibration unit - VAS 6350-
❑ to check horizontal position of calibration unit - VAS 6350-
10 - Calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS 6350/4-
❑ is changed over from the left to the right-hand side of the measuring field during calibration
❑ If assembled correctly, the mains power lead should be fitted to the bottom left of the calibration unit (as
seen facing direction of normal travel)
❑ Height of upper edge of calibration unit to hall floor: 680 ± 50 mm

4.4.2 Preparatory measures for calibration

Extensive preliminary work is required before the actual calibra‐
tion can be carried out using the vehicle diagnostic tester.

292 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Prerequisites:
• Position vehicle on a firm and level surface.
• Apply parking brake – the vehicle must not be moved while the
calibration procedure is being performed.
• Make sure steering wheel is at centre position with wheels
pointing straight ahead.
• Nobody may be inside vehicle during measurement.
• Opening and closing the vehicle doors during calibration must
be avoided.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Calibration unit - VAS 6350-

♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester

Procedure
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester .
– Switch on ignition.
– Attach 3 wheel bolt adapters (spanner size 17) to each wheel
centre mounting - VAS 6350/1- for the wheel securing bolts.
– Insert measuring paddles in both wheel centre mountings -
VAS 6350/1- , and secure them with clamping nut.
– Fit wheel centre mountings - VAS 6350/1- onto wheel bolts on
both rear wheels.
• The turning centre of the wheel centre mounting must be in
the turning centre of the wheel.

Note

Fit wheel centre mountings - VAS 6350/1- onto the wheels so that
the “anti-theft wheel bolts” are not connected to the wheel centre
mountings.

– Adjust measuring paddles with the help of the clamping nuts

in such a way that they can move freely just above the floor.
• The measuring paddles must not be restricted in movement.
• The measuring paddles must be vertical.

4. Lane change assist 293

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Position calibration unit - VAS 6350- at distance -a- to rear

wheels.
• Dimension -a- = 1700 ± 10 mm.

– Push ON button to switch on spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- .

Display on -VAS 6350/2- :
• “- - - m”

Note

The laser is switched on at the same time.

– Hold spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- -2- for distance measure‐

ment flush with stop bracket as shown in illustration.
• When doing this, make sure that spacing laser -VAS 6350/2-
is firmly in contact with stop bracket.
– Ensure that the “laser beam” for distance measurement is at
the bottom enlarged part on the measuring paddle -1-.
If this is not the case, adjust height of measuring paddles using
lock nuts on wheel centre mountings - VAS 6350/1- .

– Now, briefly press ON button to measure distance.

Display on -VAS 6350/2- :
• “1,700 m” (specification: 1700 ± 10 mm).
– Repeat the measuring process from the left stop bracket to the
measuring paddle on the rear left wheel.
• Measured distance value must be identical on both sides.
If both measured values are not identical, adjust calibration unit -
VAS 6350- accordingly.

294 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

The vehicle shown in the illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

– Attach calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS 6350/4- on

rear left on mounting of calibration unit - VAS 6350- .
• If assembled correctly, the mains power lead should be fitted
to the bottom left of the calibration unit (as seen facing direc‐
tion of normal travel).
• Dimension -a- = 680 ± 50 mm (measured from upper edge of
calibration unit to workshop floor).
– The dimension is set with the measuring point -arrow- at the
base of the calibration unit on the scale of the steel rule -1-.
• Left setting dimension = 675 ± 2 mm (read off on measuring
scale -1-).
– Connect the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS
6350/4- to mains voltage.

– Bring the calibration unit - VAS 6350- to the horizontal position

with the aid of the vial (sight glass) -arrow- by turning the plas‐
tic feet.
– Put on “laser protection glasses”.

Note

The vehicle shown in the illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

– Switch on linear laser - VAS 6350/3- on calibration unit - VAS

6350- .
– Align the whole calibration unit - VAS 6350- so that the laser
beam is focused on the rear of the vehicle in the centre above
the Volkswagen emblem.

– Check the spacing on the left and right again between the stop
brackets of the calibration unit - VAS 6350- and the measuring
paddles -1- on the wheel mountings.
• Specification: 1700 ± 10 mm
Calibrating lane change assist control unit ⇒ page 296 .

4. Lane change assist 295

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4.4.3 Calibrating lane change assist control

unit -J769- / -J770-

Note

Before the actual calibration process of the control units, the cal‐
ibration unit - VAS 6350- needs to be set up as described in the
following chapter.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Calibration unit - VAS 6350-

♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester

During the calibration process the following should not occur:
• Vehicle doors should not be opened or closed.
• There should be no-one in the vehicle.
• No-one should pass through the space between the vehicle
and the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS 6350/4- .

Procedure:
– Switch on the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS
6350/4- using the mains switch -3-.
• The green LED -1- must light up.

Note

If the red LED -2- lights up: Check the calibration unit for lane
change assist -VAS 6350/4- .

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester .

– Select option for calibration in “Guided Fault Finding” mode
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Proceed by following the instructions on the display of vehicle
diagnostic tester .

296 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Note

The vehicle shown in the illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

– Switch off the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS
6350/4- , and change to the other side.
During the program sequence you will be requested to change
the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS 6350/4- from the
left to the right-hand side of the calibration unit - VAS 6350- .
• If assembled correctly, the mains power lead should be fitted
to the bottom left of the calibration unit (as seen facing direc‐
tion of normal travel).
• Dimension -a- = 680 ± 50 mm (measured from upper edge of
calibration unit to floor).
• Right setting dimension = 675 ± 2 mm (read off on measuring
scale -1-).

– Switch on the calibration unit for lane change assist -VAS

6350/4- using the mains switch -3-.
• The green LED -1- must light up.
– Proceed by following the instructions on the display of vehicle
diagnostic tester .
Upon completion of lane change assist system calibration switch
off ignition and disconnect diagnosis connector.

4. Lane change assist 297

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5 Front camera for assist systems

⇒ “5.1 Removing and installing front camera for driver assist sys‐
tems”, page 298

5.1 Removing and installing front camera

for driver assist systems
Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Remove cover for mirror base ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Interior mirror; Assembly overview - interior
mirror .
– Unclip front camera for driver assist systems - R242- -2- from
retaining clips -1- in direction of arrow -A-.
– Pull front camera for driver assist systems - R242- -1- in di‐
rection of arrow -B- out of mounting.
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Calibrating front camera for driver assist systems - R242- ⇒
Running gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Front camera for
driver assist systems; Calibrating front camera for driver assist
systems .

298 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6 Cigarette lighter, socket

⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - DC/AC converter with socket,
12 V-230 V”, page 299
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 ”, page 300
⇒ “6.3 Removing and installing socket illumination bulb L42 ”,
page 300
⇒ “6.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette lighter illumination
bulb L32 ”, page 300
⇒ “6.5 Removing and installing electric socket U ”, page 300
⇒ “6.6 Removing and installing DC/AC converter with socket,
12 V-230 V U13 ”, page 300

6.1 Assembly overview - DC/AC converter with socket, 12 V-230 V

1 - Centre console
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ For securing bracket to
centre console
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm
3 - Bracket
❑ Serves as mounting for
DC/AC converter with
socket, 12 V - 230 V -
U13-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 300
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ For securing DC/AC
converter with socket,
12 V - 230 V - U13- to
bracket
❑ Specified torque:
1.5 Nm
5 - AC/DC converter with sock‐
et, 12 V-230 V - U13-
❑ Must not be opened
❑ No repairs to connector,
wiring and 230 V socket
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 300
6 - Electrical connector
❑ 12 V input voltage

6. Cigarette lighter, socket 299

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter

- U1-
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 96 ;
Cigarette lighter - U1- .

6.3 Removing and installing socket illumi‐

nation bulb - L42-
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 96 ; 12 V
socket .

6.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette

lighter illumination bulb - L32-
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 96 ;
Cigarette lighter - U1- .

6.5 Removing and installing electric socket

- U-
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 96 ; 12 V
socket ; Removing and installing 12 V socket .

6.6 Removing and installing DC/AC con‐

verter with socket, 12 V-230 V - U13-

WARNING

There is a danger of an electric shock.

♦ In the housing of the DC/AC converter with socket,
12 V - 230 V - U13- there are capacitors that may still be
charged with a residual voltage.
♦ Never open the housing of the DC/AC converter with sock‐
et, 12 V - 230 V - U13- .
♦ The connector, wiring and 230 V socket must never be
repaired.
♦ The complete unit must be replaced if the connector, wir‐
ing and 230 V socket or the AC/DC converter are defec‐
tive.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

300 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Unclip trim for electric socket from rear centre console trim.
– Press fasteners -1- in direction of arrows -A- and -B-, respec‐
tively.
– Pull socket -2- out of trim.
– Remove cup holder ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing cup holder .
– Release and disconnect connector for 12 V power supply.

– Move clear wires -2- and -3-.

– Unscrew bolts -4-.
– Remove DC/AC converter with socket, 12 V - 230 V - U13-
-1- with bracket in -direction of arrow- from centre console.

– Unscrew bolts -3-.

– Remove DC/AC converter with socket, 12 V - 230 V - U13-
-1- from bracket -2-.
Installing:
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - DC/AC converter with socket,
12 V-230 V”, page 299

6. Cigarette lighter, socket 301

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

97 – Wiring
1 Relay carriers, fuse holders, elec‐
tronics boxes
⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders,
E-boxes”, page 302
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box)”,
page 307
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder in electronics
box”, page 309
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier behind dash
panel”, page 311
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing main fuse holder”, page 313

1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay car‐

riers, fuse holders, E-boxes
⇒ “1.1.1 Relay carriers, fuse carriers, electronics box (engine
compartment)”, page 302
⇒ “1.1.2 Relay carrier, fuse carrier in dash panel/A-pillar, LHD
vehicles”, page 304
⇒ “1.1.3 Relay carrier, fuse carrier in dash panel/A-pillar, RHD
vehicles”, page 305
⇒ “1.1.4 Main fuse box on battery, on left of luggage compartment,
apart from GTE ”, page 305
⇒ “1.1.5 Main fuse box on battery, on left of luggage compartment,
only GTE ”, page 306

1.1.1 Relay carriers, fuse carriers, electronics box (engine compartment)

302 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Front cover
❑ For electronics box in
engine compartment.
2 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
4 - Line
❑ For radiator fan
❑ Specified torque:
4.5 Nm
5 - Line
❑ For terminal 30
❑ Specified torque:
4.5 Nm
6 - Line
❑ For electromechanical
power steering
❑ Specified torque:
4.5 Nm
7 - Line
❑ For battery B+
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
8 - Line
❑ For terminal 30
❑ Specified torque:
4.5 Nm
9 - Line
❑ For alternator
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
10 - Fuse holder A - SA-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 311
11 - Fuse holder
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing fuse holder A SA ”, page 311
12 - Cover
❑ For electronics box in engine compartment.
13 - Relay and fuse holder B - SB-
❑ With connecting bar for fuse holder A
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 309
14 - Line
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
15 - Bracket
❑ For engine control unit
16 - Electronics box in engine compartment
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 307

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 303

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.2 Relay carrier, fuse carrier in dash panel/A-pillar, LHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Bracket
❑ For parking aid control
unit - J446- / park assist
steering control unit -
J791-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 328
2 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 325
3 - Fuse holder C - SC-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 311
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 3 Nm

304 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.1.3 Relay carrier, fuse carrier in dash panel/A-pillar, RHD vehicles

Note

The illustration shows the assembly overview for the Estate. The assembly overview for the Saloon is analo‐
gous.

1 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 326
2 - Fuse holder C - SC-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 312
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Specified torque: 3 Nm

1.1.4 Main fuse box on battery, on left of lug‐

gage compartment, apart from “GTE”
The main fuse box is located on the left in the luggage compart‐
ment on the battery.

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 305

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

The fuse holder D - SD- and the positive battery terminal clamp
are integrated in the main fuse box.
1- Wire, 7.5 Nm
2- Nut, 9 Nm
3- Nut, 9 Nm
4- Removing and installing fuse holder D - SD- ⇒ page 313
5- Wire, 7.5 Nm
6- Wire, 7.5 Nm
7- Bolt, 3.5 Nm
8- Positive cable to battery positive tap in engine compartment,
15 Nm
9- Battery isolation igniter - N253- , ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Battery isolation igniter; Assembly
overview - battery isolation igniter

1.1.5 Main fuse box on battery, on left of luggage compartment, only “GTE”
The main fuse box is located on the left in the luggage compart‐
ment on the battery positive terminal clamp.
Fuse holder D - SD- is integrated in the main fuse box.

306 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque:
3.5 Nm
2 - Wire
❑ Terminal 30 to battery
monitor control unit -
J367-
3 - Nut
❑ Captive on electric wire
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
4 - Wire
❑ Terminal 30 to fuse
holder B - SB-
5 - Nut
❑ Captive on main fuse
box
❑ Specified torque: 9 Nm
6 - Main fuse box
❑ With integrated fuse
holder D - SD-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 314
7 - Battery terminal clamp
❑ For battery positive ter‐
minal
8 - Battery - A-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 10
❑ Disconnecting and con‐
necting ⇒ page 15

1.2 Removing and installing electronics box

(E-box)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 307

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Diesel engine
– Remove engine control unit and lay to one side with connec‐
tors attached ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Engine control unit; Removing
and installing engine control unit - J623- .
Petrol engine
– Remove engine control unit and lay to one side with connec‐
tors attached ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Engine control unit; Removing
and installing engine control unit - J623- .
Continued for all vehicles
– Press release buttons -arrows-.
– Remove cover -1- for electronics box in engine compartment.

– Release retaining tab -2- using a screwdriver and pull off front
cover -1- upwards -arrow-.

– Cut through cable tie (bottom) on wiring harness.

– Release fasteners -1, 2 and 4- -arrow-, remove fuse holder B
-3- and lay to one side.

308 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and remove bracket for engine control

unit -1-.
– Release retaining tab -3- and disengage engine compartment
electronics box -2- from studs.
– Lift out engine compartment electronics box.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse hold‐
ers, E-boxes”, page 302
– Connect battery ⇒ page 14 .

1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse

holder in electronics box
⇒ “1.3.1 Removing and installing fuse holder B SB ”, page 309
⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing fuse holder A SA ”, page 311

1.3.1 Removing and installing fuse holder B -

SB-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Press release tabs -arrow- and detach cover -1- for electronics
box (engine compartment).

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 309

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release retaining tab -2- using a screwdriver and pull off front
cover -1- upwards -arrow-.

– Mark allocation of electrical wiring at threaded connections for

reinstallation.
– Unscrew nuts -1, 2, 4, 5, 6-.
– Unscrew bolt -3-.
– Move electrical wiring clear -arrow-.

– Cut through cable tie (bottom) on wiring harness.

– Release fasteners -1, 2 and 4- -arrow-, remove fuse holder B
-3- and lay to one side.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Fit and secure electrical wiring to fuse holder A according to
markings made earlier.
– Connect battery ⇒ page 14 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse hold‐
ers, E-boxes”, page 302

310 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.3.2 Removing and installing fuse holder A -

SA-
Removing
– Remove fuse holder B ⇒ page 309 .
– Take securing bar -4- out of fuse holder B upwards.
– Release retaining tab -1- -arrow- and remove fuse holder A
-2- downwards from fuse holder B -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.4 Removing and installing relay and fuse

carrier behind dash panel
⇒ “1.4.1 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier behind
dash panel, LHD vehicles”, page 311
⇒ “1.4.2 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier behind
dash panel, RHD vehicles”, page 312

1.4.1 Removing and installing relay and fuse

carrier behind dash panel, LHD vehicles
Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Remove dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
– Release retaining tabs -2 and 4- -arrows A-.
– Pull fuse holder C -3- towards rear -arrow B- out of bracket
-1-.
– Disconnect electrical wiring.

Note

♦ The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest cur‐

rent flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations.
♦ Take photographs of the assignment, if necessary.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 311

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1.4.2 Removing and installing relay and fuse

carrier behind dash panel, RHD vehicles
Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Remove dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .

Note

♦ The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest current flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.
♦ Take photographs of the assignment, if necessary.

– Press locking mechanism -5- on both sides and pull it in di‐

rection of arrow -C-.
– Pull off connector -4- in direction of arrow -C-.
– Release retaining tab -1- in direction of arrow -A-.

312 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release retaining tab -2- in direction of arrow -B-.

– Release retaining tab -3- in direction of arrow -C-.
– Pull fuse holder C - SC- towards rear -arrow D- out of bracket.
– Disconnect electrical wiring.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.5 Removing and installing main fuse hold‐

er
⇒ “1.5.1 Removing and installing main fuse box, apart from GTE
”, page 313
⇒ “1.5.2 Removing and installing main fuse box, only GTE ”, page
314

1.5.1 Removing and installing main fuse box,

apart from “GTE”
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

The main fuse box is located on the left in the luggage compart‐
ment on the battery.
Fuse holder D - SD- and positive battery terminal are integrated
in the main fuse box.
Removing
– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 313

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Loosen nut -1- of battery clamp on positive battery terminal by

several turns.
– Release retaining spring -3-, and open flap -2- of main fuse
box -arrow-.

– Unbolt wires -1, 5, 6, 7, 8-.

– Remove battery isolation igniter - N253- -9- ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Battery isolation igniter; Remov‐
ing and installing battery isolation igniter .
– Pull battery terminal clamp with main fuse box -4- off positive
battery terminal, and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.4 Main fuse box on battery, on left of luggage compart‐
ment, apart from GTE ”, page 305

1.5.2 Removing and installing main fuse box,

only “GTE”
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

314 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-

Note

♦ The main fuse box is located on the left in the luggage com‐
partment on the battery positive terminal clamp.
♦ Fuse holder D - SD- is integrated in the main fuse box.

Removing
– Remove service flap in left luggage compartment side trim.
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Open lid -1- on main fuse box -2- in direction of -arrow-.
– Unscrew nut -5-.
– Remove electrical wire -4- from main fuse box -2-.
– Unscrew nut -3-.
– Remove main fuse box -2- from battery positive terminal
clamp.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.5 Main fuse box on battery, on left of luggage compart‐
ment, only GTE ”, page 306

1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 315

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2 Select Control units

⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units”, page 316
⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - control units”, page 318
⇒ “2.3 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface”,
page 320
⇒ “2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and volt‐
age stabiliser”, page 321
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit J519
”, page 321
⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533
”, page 324
⇒ “2.7 Removing and installing bracket for onboard supply control
unit J519 ”, page 325
⇒ “2.8 Renewing bracket for onboard supply control unit J519 ”,
page 327
⇒ “2.9 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 / park
assist steering control unit J791 ”, page 328
⇒ “2.10 Removing and installing rear lid control unit J605 ”, page
328
⇒ “2.11 Removing and installing special vehicle control unit J608
”, page 329
⇒ “2.12 Removing and installing bracket for special vehicle control
unit J608 ”, page 331

2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units

Note

The illustration shows the fitting locations for Saloon vehicles. Fitting locations for Estate vehicles are similar.

316 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

1 - Diagnostics interface for da‐

ta bus - J533-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 320
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 324
2 - Rear lid control unit - J605-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 328
3 - Voltage stabiliser - J532-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 321
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 50
4 - Special vehicle control unit
- J608-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 321
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 329
5 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 318
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 325
6 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 318
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 321
Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Select Control units 317

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.2 Assembly overview - control units

⇒ “2.2.1 Assembly overview - control units, LHD vehicles”,
page 318
⇒ “2.2.2 Assembly overview - control units, RHD vehicles”, page
319

2.2.1 Assembly overview - control units, LHD vehicles

1 - Control unit
Versions with parking aid:
❑ Parking aid control unit -
J446-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 209
Versions with park assist
steering:
❑ Park assist steering
control unit - J791-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 220
2 - Bracket
❑ For parking aid control
unit - J446- / park assist
steering control unit -
J791-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 328
3 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 325
4 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 321
5 - Guide
❑ For electrical connector
(centre)

318 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.2.2 Assembly overview - control units, RHD vehicles

1 - Bracket
❑ For onboard supply con‐
trol unit - J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 325
2 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 321
3 - Guide
❑ For electrical connector
(centre)
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment

2. Select Control units 319

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.3 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface

1 - Electrical connector
❑ For data bus diagnostic
interface - J533- .
2 - Diagnostics interface for da‐
ta bus - J533-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 324
3 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Dash panel central tube;
Assembly overview -
dash panel central tube
4 - Crash bar
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Central tube for dash
panel; Assembly over‐
view - central tube for
dash panel
5 - Dash panel central tube

320 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and voltage stabiliser

1 - Voltage stabiliser - J532-

❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 50
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque:
2.5 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
4 - Special vehicle control unit
- J608-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 329
5 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm
6 - Bracket
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 331
7 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque: 6 Nm

2.5 Removing and installing onboard supply

control unit - J519-
⇒ “2.5.1 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit
J519 , LHD vehicles”, page 321
⇒ “2.5.2 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit
J519 , RHD vehicles”, page 323

2.5.1 Removing and installing onboard supply

control unit - J519- , LHD vehicles

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2. Select Control units 321

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .
– Remove lower A-pillar trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Trims, interior; Removing and installing A-pillar
trim .
– Remove footrest ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Trims, interior; Removing and installing footrest .
– Disconnect electrical connectors -1, 2 and 3-.

– Press locking detent -1- to disconnect connectors.

– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.

322 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Release retaining springs -arrow-, swivel onboard supply con‐

trol unit -4- out of bracket -5- and remove downwards.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.5.2 Removing and installing onboard supply

control unit - J519- , RHD vehicles

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Remove glove compartment ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
glove compartment .
– Disconnect electrical connectors -1, 2 and 3-.

2. Select Control units 323

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Press locking detent -1- to disconnect connectors.

– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.

– If present, remove guide -2-. To do so, release fasteners on

guide in direction of arrow -A-.
– Remove guide -2- from onboard supply control unit - J519-
-1- in direction of arrow -B-.

– Release retaining spring at top -2- in direction of arrow -A-.

– Pull onboard supply control unit - J519- -1- towards rear
-arrow B- out of bracket.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.6 Removing and installing data bus diag‐

nostic interface - J533-

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

324 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
Vehicles without knee airbag
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .
Vehicles with knee airbag
– Remove knee airbag with igniter ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
terior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Knee airbags; Removing and installing
knee airbag with igniter .
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove footwell vent on driver side ⇒ Heating, air condition‐
ing; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air duct; Assembly overview - air duct system
and air distribution in passenger compartment .
– Unplug electrical connector -1- by reaching upwards behind
pedal bracket.
– Press locking detent to disconnect and pull off connectors.
– Disengage catches -arrows-.
– Pull off data bus diagnostic interface - J533- -3- downwards
from bracket -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.3 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface”,
page 320

2.7 Removing and installing bracket for on‐

board supply control unit - J519-
⇒ “2.7.1 Removing and installing bracket for onboard supply con‐
trol unit J519 , LHD vehicles”, page 325
⇒ “2.7.2 Removing and installing bracket for onboard supply con‐
trol unit J519 , RHD vehicles”, page 326

2.7.1 Removing and installing bracket for on‐

board supply control unit - J519- , LHD
vehicles
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

2. Select Control units 325

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Remove dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
– Cut through cable tie -arrow-.
– Disengage fuse holder C and push to side ⇒ page 311 .
– Disconnect connector for front parking aid warning buzzer -
H22- ⇒ page 215 .
– Disconnect connector for onboard supply control unit - J519-
⇒ page 321 .
– Disconnect connector for parking aid control unit - J446- / park
assist steering control unit - J791- ⇒ page 213 .
– Release locking element on bracket, and press out bracket to
remove diagnostic connector.

– Unscrew bolts -2, 3 and 6-.

– Push bracket -1- forwards out of central tube until centring pins
-4, 5- are disengaged.
– Cut through cable ties -arrows-.
– Move electrical wiring harness clear at mounting.
– Take out bracket towards passenger compartment.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.2 Relay carrier, fuse carrier in dash panel/A-pillar, LHD
vehicles”, page 304

2.7.2 Removing and installing bracket for on‐

board supply control unit - J519- , RHD
vehicles
Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery
⇒ page 14 .
– Remove dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
– Remove dash panel central tube ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
terior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel central tube; Removing and
installing dash panel central tube .

326 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Cut through cable tie -1-.

– Remove wiring harness -2- from bracket for onboard supply
control unit -3-.
– Remove fuse holder C ⇒ page 311 .
– Disconnect connector for front parking aid warning buzzer -
H22- ⇒ page 215 .
– Disconnect connector for onboard supply control unit - J519-
⇒ page 321 .

– Cut through cable tie -2-.

– Remove wiring harness -1- from bracket for onboard supply
control unit -3-.
– Move electrical wiring harness clear at mounting.
– Take out bracket towards passenger compartment.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.8 Renewing bracket for onboard supply

control unit - J519-
⇒ “2.8.1 Renewing bracket for onboard supply control unit J519 ,
LHD vehicles”, page 327
⇒ “2.8.2 Renewing bracket for onboard supply control unit J519 ,
RHD vehicles”, page 327

2.8.1 Renewing bracket for onboard supply

control unit - J519- , LHD vehicles
Removing
– Remove bracket for onboard supply control unit - J519-
⇒ page 325 .
– Remove onboard supply control unit - J519- ⇒ page 321 .
– Remove parking aid control unit - J446- / park assist steering
control unit - J791- ⇒ page 213 .
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22-
⇒ page 215 .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.8.2 Renewing bracket for onboard supply

control unit - J519- , RHD vehicles
Removing
– Remove bracket for onboard supply control unit - J519-
⇒ page 325 .03.869
– Remove onboard supply control unit - J519- ⇒ page 321 .
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22-
⇒ page 215 .

2. Select Control units 327

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.9 Removing and installing parking aid

control unit - J446- / park assist steering
control unit - J791-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Feeler gauge
Removing
– If fitted, remove parking aid control unit/park assist steering
control unit ⇒ page 213 .
– To release the fasteners, insert a feeler gauge (0.9 mm) -2-
behind the opening -arrow-, as shown in illustration.
– Remove bracket -1- downwards from bracket for onboard sup‐
ply control unit -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.10 Removing and installing rear lid control

unit - J605-
⇒ “2.10.1 Removing and installing rear lid control unit J605 , Sa‐
loon”, page 328
⇒ “2.10.2 Removing and installing rear lid control unit J605 , Es‐
tate”, page 329

2.10.1 Removing and installing rear lid control

unit - J605- , Saloon
The rear lid control unit - J605- is located behind the left luggage
compartment side trim.

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

328 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body

repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim .
– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -4-.
– Push fasteners -1- slightly towards rear to release.
– At the same time, push rear lid control unit - J605- -2- in di‐
rection of -arrow- out of bracket -3- to remove.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.10.2 Removing and installing rear lid control

unit - J605- , Estate
The rear lid control unit - J605- is located behind the left luggage
compartment side trim.

Note

When renewing the control unit, select Renew function for the re‐
spective control unit in Guided fault finding or Guided
functions mode ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Removing
– Switch off ignition.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim .
– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -4-.
– Push fasteners -1- slightly towards rear to release.
– At the same time, push rear lid control unit - J605- -2- upwards
out of bracket -3- to remove.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.11 Removing and installing special vehicle

control unit - J608-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Select Control units 329

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Note

If the control unit is replaced, select the Replace function of the

respective control unit in Guided fault finding ⇒ Vehicle di‐
agnostic tester.

Removing
– Move front seat to highest and rearmost position.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
– Pull out spreader rivets -2-.
– Push cover -1- straight in direction of travel and remove it.

– Release and disconnect electrical connectors -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove special vehicle control unit - J608- -2- from bracket.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal observing the following:

Note

When installing the cover, ensure that it is properly fitted on the

front edge of the retainer.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and
voltage stabiliser”, page 321

330 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

2.12 Removing and installing bracket for spe‐

cial vehicle control unit - J608-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove voltage stabiliser - J532- ⇒ page 50 .
– Remove special vehicle control unit - J608- ⇒ page 329 .
– If necessary, fold back floor covering and floor insulation on
centre tunnel and on floor panel.
– Unscrew bolt -1- on centre tunnel.
– Unscrew nuts -3- on floor panel.
– Remove bracket for special vehicle control unit - J608- -2-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4 Assembly overview - special vehicle control unit and
voltage stabiliser”, page 321

2. Select Control units 331

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

3 Connectors
⇒ “3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connec‐
tions”, page 332

3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses

and plug-in connections
⇒ “3.1.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors”,
page 332
⇒ “3.1.2 Repairing connector housings and electrical connectors”,
page 332

3.1.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and con‐

nectors
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to wiring
harnesses .

3.1.2 Repairing connector housings and elec‐

trical connectors
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to connec‐
tor housings and connectors .

332 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

4 Releasing and dismantling connector

housings
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Releasing and dis‐
mantling connector housings .

4. Releasing and dismantling connector housings 333

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

5 Repairing aerial wires

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to aerial
wires .

334 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

6 Fibre optic cables

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to fibre optic
cables .

6. Fibre optic cables 335

 Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 11.2018

7 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and infor‐

mation systems
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems .

336 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring